WO2010127640A1 - High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds - Google Patents

High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010127640A1
WO2010127640A1 PCT/CN2010/072561 CN2010072561W WO2010127640A1 WO 2010127640 A1 WO2010127640 A1 WO 2010127640A1 CN 2010072561 W CN2010072561 W CN 2010072561W WO 2010127640 A1 WO2010127640 A1 WO 2010127640A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
group
peptide
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2010/072561
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Chongxi Yu
Lina Xu
Yuhua Chen
Binbing Yan
Shiqian Tu
Original Assignee
Techfields Biochem Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US12/463,374 external-priority patent/US9376381B2/en
Priority to EP20205564.6A priority Critical patent/EP4067370A1/en
Priority to KR1020187027764A priority patent/KR20180110187A/en
Priority to CA2761489A priority patent/CA2761489C/en
Priority to BRPI1011439A priority patent/BRPI1011439B8/en
Priority to KR1020117029299A priority patent/KR101784528B1/en
Priority to ES10772043T priority patent/ES2845612T3/en
Priority to CN2010800309104A priority patent/CN102459313A/en
Application filed by Techfields Biochem Co., Ltd. filed Critical Techfields Biochem Co., Ltd.
Priority to KR1020177027288A priority patent/KR101903768B1/en
Priority to DK10772043.5T priority patent/DK2427475T3/en
Priority to MX2011011876A priority patent/MX355995B/en
Priority to EP10772043.5A priority patent/EP2427475B1/en
Priority to AU2010244857A priority patent/AU2010244857A1/en
Priority to PL10772043T priority patent/PL2427475T3/en
Priority to JP2012508891A priority patent/JP6352587B2/en
Priority to RU2011149796A priority patent/RU2627065C2/en
Publication of WO2010127640A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010127640A1/en
Priority to US13/291,904 priority patent/US9248109B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/145—Amines having sulfur, e.g. thiurams (>N—C(S)—S—C(S)—N< and >N—C(S)—S—S—C(S)—N<), Sulfinylamines (—N=SO), Sulfonylamines (—N=SO2)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/22—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acyclic acids, e.g. pravastatin
    • A61K31/222—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acyclic acids, e.g. pravastatin with compounds having aromatic groups, e.g. dipivefrine, ibopamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4184—1,3-Diazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. benzimidazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/005—Enzyme inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/03—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in an undefined or only partially defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/08—Peptides having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/10—Peptides having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/645—Polycationic or polyanionic oligopeptides, polypeptides or polyamino acids, e.g. polylysine, polyarginine, polyglutamic acid or peptide TAT
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/10—Anti-acne agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12—Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16—Otologicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/06—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A61P5/16—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4 for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the thyroid hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/04—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length on carriers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06026—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06078—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aromatic or cycloaliphatic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10—Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1002—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/1005—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/1013—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing O or S as heteroatoms, e.g. Cys, Ser
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10—Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1002—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/1016—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aromatic or cycloaliphatic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10—Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1019—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being basic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/08—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/50—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C07K7/54—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring
    • C07K7/56—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring the cyclisation not occurring through 2,4-diamino-butanoic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/42—Proteins; Polypeptides; Degradation products thereof; Derivatives thereof, e.g. albumin, gelatin or zein
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0014—Skin, i.e. galenical aspects of topical compositions

Definitions

  • This invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical compositions capable of penetrating one or more biological barriers and methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for preventing, diagnosing and/or treating condition or disease in human and animals that are treatable by peptides or peptide-related compounds.
  • the invention also relates to methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for screening new drug candidates and methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for diagnosing a condition in a biological subject.
  • a method for synthesis of HPPs/HPCs of peptides from N-terminal to C-terminal has been developed.
  • Peptides are polymers formed by linking amino acids with amide bonds. Peptides play various roles in a biological system.
  • peptide hormone is the largest group of hormones which modulate various biological processes in biological subjects.
  • One nanogram of hyrotropin-releasing hormone injected into a mouse increases the uptake of iodide from the blood into the thyroid gland (R. L. Kisliuk, Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 4 th Ed., W.O. Foye, et al. Eds., Williams & Wilkins, 4 th Ed. 1995, p. 606).
  • Tuftsin Thr-Lys-Pro-Arg stimulates phagocytosis and promotes antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (V.A. Najjar, MoI. Cell. Biochem. 41_, 1 , 1981 ).
  • Met-enkephaline Teyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met isolated from brain and small intestine, acts as morphine does, in that it binds to the same receptor and has analgesic activity (J.R.Jaffe and W.R. Martin, in Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, A.G. Gilman, et al., Eds., New York, Pergamon Press, 1990, p. 481 ).
  • peptide hormones include, without limitation, oxytocin (Pierce et al., J. Biol. Chem. 199, 929, 1952), vasopressin (Kamm et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 50, 573, 1928), angiotensin (J. C. Garrison and M.J. Peach, in Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, A.G. Gilman, et al., Eds., New York, Pergamon Press, 1990, p. 749), gastrin (P. C. Emson and B. E. B. Sandberg, Annu, Rep. Med. Chem., 18, 31 , 1983), somatostatin (A.V.
  • Another group of peptides are anti-microbial peptides which have been found to participate in innate immunity in a wide variety of organisms (Reddy et al. 2004). These peptides and others have attracted much interest due to their potential usefulness in treating infections, especially because they are often effective against bacterial strains that have become resistant to conventional antibiotics.
  • One well-known class of anti-microbial peptides is the tachyplesins.
  • Another class of anti-microbial peptides is histatin peptides and the derivatives.
  • Another class of antimicrobial peptide is hepcidin, which is also referred as LEAP-1 , for liver-expressed antimicrobial peptide.
  • Another group of peptides are calcium binding peptides that bind specifically to calcified surfaces.
  • a calcium binding peptide comprises three amino acid repeat sequence (X-Y-Z) n , wherein X is aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, alanine or glutamine, Y and Z are alanine, serine, threonine, phosphoserine, or phosphothreonine, and n is a number from 1 to 40.
  • peptides and peptide related compounds are rapidly proteolysized by proteolytic enzymes. When peptides and peptide related compounds are taken orally, they will be proteolysized in a few minutes. Other systematic administrations of peptides and peptide related compounds are painful, and in many cases require frequent and costly office visits to treat chronic conditions.
  • compositions that are capable of being delivered efficiently and effectively to the action site of a condition (e.g., a disease) to prevent, reduce or treat conditions as well as minimize adverse side effects.
  • a condition e.g., a disease
  • HPP high penetration prodrug
  • HPC high penetration composition
  • a functional unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a moiety of an agent, wherein the efficient and effective delivery of the agent to a biological subject and/or transportation of the agent across one or more biological barriers are/is desired.
  • a functional unit may be hydrophilic, lipophilic, or amphiphilic (i.e., both hydrophilic and lipophilic).
  • the lipophilic nature of a function unit may be inherent or achieved by converting the hydrophilic moieties of a functional unit to lipophilic moieties.
  • a functional unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a moiety of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
  • a peptide-related compound is a compound comprising a peptide structure, a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into a peptide or peptide metabolite after a HPP or HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers.
  • a peptide-related compound further includes a compound that is an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into an analogue or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, after a HPP or HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers.
  • peptides include, but are not limited to, peptide hormones (e.g.
  • hyrotropin-releasing hormone tuftsin (Thr- Lys-Pro-Arg), met-enkephaline (Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met), oxytocin, angiotensin, gastrin, somatostatin, dynorphin, endothelin, secretin, calcitonin, and insulin), enterostatins (e.g.
  • VPDPR Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg
  • VPGPR Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg
  • APGPR Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg
  • Melanocortin Il cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys-OH
  • opioid peptides e.g.
  • Met-enkephalin H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH
  • Leu-enkephalin H-Tyr-Gly- Gly-Phe-Leu-OH
  • H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe- Leu-OH
  • neuropeptides alkaloids
  • anti-inflammation peptides e.g.
  • competence stimulating peptides tachyplesins, histatin peptides and the derivatives
  • calcium binding peptides regulation peptides
  • peptide vaccines and peptide mimics (e.g. ⁇ -helix mimics and ⁇ -sheet mimics).
  • a transportational unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a protonatable amine group that is capable of facilitating or enhancing the transportation or crossing of the HPP or HPC through one or more biological barriers.
  • the protonatable amine group is substantially protonated at the pH of the biological barriers through which a HPP or HPC penetrates.
  • the amine group can be reversibly protonated or deprotonated.
  • a linker covalently links the functional unit to the transportational unit of a HPP or HPC and comprises a bond that is capable of being cleaved after the HPP or HPC penetrates across one or more biological barriers.
  • the cleavable bond comprises, for example, a covalent bond, an ether, a thioether, an amide, an ester, a thioester, a carbonate, a carbamate, a phosphate or an oxime bond.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for penetrating a biological barrier using a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for diagnosing the onset, development, or remission of a condition in a biological subject by using a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
  • the HPP (or HPC) or the functional unit thereof is detectable.
  • the HPP/HPC or the functional unit of the HPP/HPC is inherently detectable, labeled with, or conjugated to, a detectable marker.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for screening functional units, linkers, or transportational units for desired characteristics.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for preventing, ameliorating, or treating a condition in a biological subject by administering to the subject a composition in accordance with the invention.
  • the method relates to treating a condition in a subject treatable by peptides or peptide- related compounds by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • the conditions treatable by the method include, without limitation, pain, injuries, imflammation related conditions, microorganism related conditions, neuropeptide related conditions, hormone related conditions, tumor, abnormal blood pressure, obesity, brain injuries, allergy, male and female sexual dysfunction, metastasis, and other conditions relating to: tuftsin, antepartum, postpartum, anti-AD activities, antidiuretic activities, calcium homeostasis, melanocyte, hormone release, platelet aggregation, activities of CNS, and phagocytosis.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of a HPP/HPC is administrated to a biological subject via various routes including, but not limited to, oral, enteral, buccal, nasal, topical, rectal, vaginal, aerosol, transmucosal, epidermal, transdermal, dermal, ophthalmic, pulmonary, subcutaneous, and/or parenteral routes.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of HPP is administered orally, transdermal ⁇ , topically, subcutaneously and/or parenterally.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a HPP or HPC can be administered locally to a site of condition with a less dosage at a higher concentration.
  • the advantages of the invention also include, for example, avoidance of systematic administration, reduction of adverse effects (e.g., pain of injection, gastrointestinal/renal effects, and other side effect), and possible novel treatments due to high local concentration of a HPP, HPC or active agent.
  • the advantages further include, for example, systematic administration of a HPP or HPC to a biological subject to achieve faster and more efficient bioavailability, penetration of biological barriers (e.g., the blood brain barrier) which have been difficult to cross, and new indications as a result of passing through biological barriers.
  • biological barriers e.g., the blood brain barrier
  • Figure 1 Structures of Structure 2, Structure 3, Structure 4, Structure 5, Structure 6, Structure 7, Structure 8, Structure 9, Structure 10, Structure 11 , Structure 12, Structure 13, Structure 14, Structure 15, Structure 16, Structure 17, Structure 18, Structure 19, Structure 20, Structure 21 , Structure 22, Structure 23, Structure 24, Structure 25, Structure 26, Structure 27, Structure 28, Structure 29, Structure 30, Structure 31 , Structure 32, Structure 33, Structure 34, Structure 35, Structure 36, Structure 37, Structure 38, Structure 39, Structure 40, Structure 41 , Structure 42, Structure 43, Structure 44, Structure 45, Structure 46, Structure 47, Structure 48, Structure 49, Structure 50, Structure 51 , Structure 52, Structure 53, Structure 54, Structure 55, Structure 56, Structure 57, Structure 58, Structure 59, Structure 60, Structure 61 , Structure 62, Structure 63, Structure 64, Structure 65, Structure 66, Structure 67, Structure 68, Structure 69, Structure 70, Structure 71 , Structure 72, Structure 73, Structure 74, Structure 75, Structure 76, Structure 77, Structure 78, Structure 79, Structure 80, Structure 81 , Structure 82, Structure
  • Figure 2 Cumulative amounts of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met- OCHsCHsNtCHsCHs ⁇ HCI, HCI » (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CO-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met- OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys-
  • HPP high penetration prodrug
  • HPC high penetration composition
  • One aspect of the invention is directed to a high penetration prodrug (HPP) or a high penetration composition (HPC).
  • HPP high penetration prodrug
  • HPC high penetration composition
  • a functional unit of a HPP/HPC which comprises a moiety of a parent drug has the properties of: 1 ) the delivery of the parent drug or the HPP/HPC into a biological subject and/or the transportation of the parent drug across a biological barrier are/is desired, 2) the HPP/HPC is capable of penetrating or crossing a biological barrier, and 3) the HPP/HPC is capable of being cleaved so as to turn the moiety of a parent drug into the parent drug or a metabolite of the parent drug.
  • a functional unit may be hydrophilic, lipophilic, or amphiphilic (hydrophilic and lipophilic).
  • the lipophilic moiety of the functional unit may be inherent or achieved by converting one or more hydrophilic moieties of the functional unit to lipophilic moieties.
  • a lipophilic moiety of a functional unit is produced by converting one or more hydrophilic groups of the functional unit to lipophilic groups via organic synthesis. Examples of hydrophilic groups include, without limitation, carboxylic, hydroxyl, thiol, amine, phosphate/phosphonate and carbonyl groups.
  • Lipophilic moieties produced via the modification of these hydrophilic groups include, without limitation, ethers, thioethers, esters, thioesters, carbonates, carbamates, amides, phosphates and oximes.
  • a functional unit is lipophilicized by acetylation.
  • a functional unit is lipophilicized by esterification.
  • a parent drug of a HPP or HPC is selected from the group consisting of a peptide and a peptide-related compound.
  • the moiety of a peptide or peptide-related compound can be further converted to a lipophilic moiety as described supra.
  • peptide HPP/HPC refers to a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
  • peptide HPPs/HPCs refers to HPPs or HPCs of peptides or peptide-related compounds.
  • peptide refers to a sequence of amino acids, wherein the sequence length is about 2 to about 50 amino acids.
  • a peptide may comprise 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more amino acids.
  • a peptide may comprise both D-amino acids and/or L-amino acids.
  • An amino acid is a compound comprising both amine and carboxyl functional groups.
  • the carbon atom next to the carbonyl group of a carboxyl functional group is called the alpha-carbon.
  • Amino acids with a side chain bonded to an alpha- carbon are referred to as alpha amino acids.
  • amino acids that have an amino group and a carbon chain attached to the alph-carbon the carbons are labeled in order as alpha, beta, gamma, and so on from the carbonyl carbon.
  • An amino acid which has the amino group attached to the beta or gamma-carbon is referred to as beta or gamma amino acid respectively, and so on.
  • An alpha amino acid is an amino acid which has amino and carboxylate groups bonded to the same carbon (the alpha carbon).
  • the alpha carbon is one atom away from the carboxylate group.
  • An alpha amino acid has a structure of Structure 1 :
  • R' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
  • an amino acid has Structure 1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • alpha amino acid examples include, without limitation, alanine (Ala), arginine (Arg), asparagine (Asn), aspartic acid (Asp), cysteine (Cys), glutamic acid (GIu), glutamine (GIn), glycine (GIy), histidine (His), homocysteine (Hey), homoserine (Hse), isoleucine (lie), leucine (Leu), lysine (Lys), methionine (Met), norleucine (NIe), norvaline (Nva), ornithine (Orn), penicillamine (Pen), phenylalanine (Phe), proline (Pro), serine (Ser), tyrosine (Thr), threonine (Trp), tryptophan (Tyr), valine (VaI), pyroglutamic acid (pGLU), dinitrobenzylated lysine (dnp-LYS ⁇ , phosphoryl
  • a beta amino acid is an amino acid which has an amino group bonded to the beta carbon which is the second carbons away from the carboxylate group.
  • beta amino acid include, without limitation, beta-alanine ( ⁇ -Ala), beta- arginine ( ⁇ -Arg), beta-asparagine ( ⁇ -Asn), beta-aspartic acid ( ⁇ -Asp), beta-cysteine ( ⁇ - Cys), beta-glutamic acid ( ⁇ -Glu), beta-glutamine ( ⁇ -GIn), beta-histidine ( ⁇ -His), beta- isoleucine ( ⁇ -lle), beta-leucine ( ⁇ -Leu), beta-lysine ( ⁇ -Lys), beta-methionine ( ⁇ -Met), beta-phenylalanine ( ⁇ -Phe), beta-proline ( ⁇ -Pro), beta-serine ( ⁇ -Ser), beta-tyrosine ( ⁇ - Thr), beta-threonine ( ⁇ -Trp), beta-tryptophan ( ⁇
  • a gamma amino acid is an amino acid which has an amino group bonded to the gamma carbon which is the third carbons away from the carboxylate group.
  • Examples of gamma amino acid include, without limitation, gamma-glutamic acid (y- GLU).
  • a peptide-related compound is a compound comprising a peptide structure, a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into a peptide or peptide metabolite after a peptide HPP/HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers.
  • a peptide-related compound further includes a compound that is an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, after a peptide HPP/HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers.
  • peptides and peptide-related compounds include, but are not limited to, peptide hormones, neuropeptides, alkaloids, anti-microbial peptides, anti- inflammation peptides, peptide toxins, regulation peptides, calcium binding peptides, peptide vaccines and peptide mimics.
  • Peptide hormones are a class of peptides that have endocrine functions in living animals. Peptide hormones are also identified in plants with important roles in cell-to-cell communication and plant defense. Peptide hormones are produced by various organs and tissues, e.g.
  • Atrial-natriuretic peptide ABP
  • atrial natriuretic factor ANF
  • pancreas e.g. insulin, enterostatin, somatostatin
  • the gastrointestinal tract cholecystokinin
  • gastrin e.g. gastrin-34, gastrin-17 and gastrin-14
  • opioid peptides e.g.
  • peptide hormone include, without limitation, thyrotropin- releasing hormone (TRH) and bradykinin.
  • Neuropeptides are peptides that are found in neural tissues that are involved in regulatory and signaling processes.
  • Examples of neuropeptides include, without limitation, neurotransimtters (e.g. N-Acetylaspartylglutamic acid, gastrin, cholecycstokinin, neuropeptide Y, vasopressin, oxytocin, secretin, Substance P, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), opioids (e.g. enkephalin, dynorphin, endorphin), galanin, neurotensin, TRH, atrial-natriuretic peptide.
  • neurotransimtters e.g. N-Acetylaspartylglutamic acid, gastrin, cholecycstokinin, neuropeptide Y, vasopressin, oxytocin, secretin, Substance P, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), opioids
  • Alkaloids are peptides usually from plants, fungi and some animals such as shellfish. Alkaloids involved into defend of one organism from consuming by other organisms. Examples of alkaloids include, without limitation, ergotamine, pandamine, dynorphin A-(1-8)-octapeptide, N beta-(D-l_eu-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-l_eu-D-Phe)-naltrexamine.
  • Anti-microbial peptides are peptides that inhibit the growth of microorganisms, such as bacterial cells, fungi and protozoa.
  • anti-microbial peptides include, without limitation, bacitracin, gramicidin, valinomicin, competence stimulating peptides, tachyplesins, histatin peptides and the derivatives thereof.
  • anti-inflammation peptides are peptides having sequences of Seq ID: 47, Seq ID: 48, and Seq ID: 49. (Table A)
  • Peptide toxins are peptides that are poisonous. Examples of peptide toxins are palutoxins, agatoxins and curtatoxins.
  • Regulation peptides are peptides that regulate one or more processes in an biological subject. Examples of regulation peptides include, without limitation, anserine and carnosine.
  • peptides and peptide-related compounds include calcium binding peptides, peptide vaccines [e.g. p45(IEIGLEGKGFEPTLE ALFGK) and p210 (KTTKQSFDLS VKAQY KKNKH)] and peptide mimics (e.g. ⁇ -helix mimics and ⁇ -sheet mimics).
  • peptide vaccines e.g. p45(IEIGLEGKGFEPTLE ALFGK) and p210 (KTTKQSFDLS VKAQY KKNKH)
  • peptide mimics e.g. ⁇ -helix mimics and ⁇ -sheet mimics.
  • a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 :
  • Structure F-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: each Ai-A m is independently selected from the group consisting of 2- naphthylalanine, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues and Structure A:
  • Z A - I on each carbon of each Ai-A m , Z A- 2 for each Ai-A m , Z N ⁇ , Z C ⁇ -i,and Z C ⁇ -2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , C 2 H 5, C 3 H 7, CF 3, C 2 F 5, C 3 F 7 , substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
  • R A on each carbon of each Ai-A m , R N ⁇ and R CT are selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups; when
  • a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein a R A of a Ai-A m may be further lipophilicized by acetylation or esterification.
  • a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein m is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 ... and 100.
  • the functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein p is 1 , 2, or 3.
  • the functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: p is 1 , 2 or 3;
  • Z A- i on each carbon of each Ai-A m , Z A- 2 for each Ai-A m , Z N ⁇ , Z C ⁇ -i,and Z C ⁇ -2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , C 2 H 5, C 3 H 7, CF 3, C 2 F 5, C 3 F 7 , substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
  • R A on each carbon of each Ai-A m , R N ⁇ and R CT are selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means those salts of compounds of the invention that are safe for application in a subject.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of acidic or basic groups present in compounds of the invention.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, but are not limited to, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzensulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1 ,11- methylene-
  • Suitable base salts include, but are not limited to, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and diethanolamine salts.
  • alkyl means a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent or multivalent hydrocarbon group, including saturated alkyl groups, alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups.
  • alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, dodecenyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, dodecynyl,
  • the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 30 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 20 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 12 carbons.
  • cycloalkyl means an alkyl which contains at least one ring and no aromatic rings. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl and cyclododecyl.
  • the hydrocarbon chain contains 1 to 30 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 20 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 12 carbons.
  • heterocycloalkyl means a cycloalkyl wherein at least one ring atom is a non-carbon atom.
  • non-carbon ring atom include, but are not limited to, S, O and N.
  • alkoxyl means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more oxygen atoms.
  • alkoxyl include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -OH, -OCH 3 , -O-alkyl, -alkyl-OH, -alkyl-O-alkyl-, wherein the two alkyls can be the same or different.
  • alkyl halide means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more halogen atoms, wherein the halogen atoms can be the same or different.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • alkyl halide include, but are not limited to, -alkyl-F, -alkyl-CI, -alkyl-Br, -alkyl-l, -alkyl(F)-, -alkyl(CI)-, -alkyl(Br)- and - alkyl(l)-.
  • alkylthio means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more sulfur atoms.
  • alkylthio include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -SH, -SCH3, -S-alkyl, -alkyl-SH, -alkyl-S-alkyl-, wherein the two alkyls can be the same or different.
  • alkylamino means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more nitrogen atoms.
  • alkylamino include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -NH, -ISICH3, -N(alkyl)-alkyl, - N-alkyl, -alkyl-NH 2 , -alkyl-N-alkyl and -alkyl-N(alkyl)-alkyl wherein the alkyls can be the same or different.
  • alkylcarbonyl means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more carbonyl groups.
  • perfluoroalkyl means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more fluoro group, including, without limitation, perfluoromethyl, perfluoroethyl, perfluoropropyl.
  • aryl means a chemical structure comprising one or more aromatic rings.
  • the ring atoms are all carbon.
  • one or more ring atoms are non- carbon, e.g. oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur ("heteroaryl").
  • aryl examples include, without limitation, phenyl, benzyl, naphthalenyl, anthracenyl, pyridyl, quinoyl, isoquinoyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinazolinyl, pyhdazinyl, cinnolinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, purinyl, indolyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, thiaxolyl, quanidino and benzothiazolyl.
  • a transportational unit of a HPP/HPC comprises a protonatable amine group that is capable of facilitating the transportation or crossing of the HPP/HPC through one or more biological barriers (e.g., > about 10 times, > about 50 times, > about 100 times, > about 300 times, > about 500 times, > about 1 ,000 times faster than the parent drug).
  • the protonatable amine group is substantially protonated at a physiological pH.
  • the amine group can be reversibly protonated.
  • the transportational unit may or may not be cleaved from the functional unit after the penetration of HPP/HPC through one or more biological barriers.
  • the transportational unit may be from the functional unit, especially for peptides or peptide-related compounds that have at least a free amino group.
  • the peptide or peptide-related compound when there are more than one protonatable group in a peptide or peptide-related compound, the peptide or peptide-related compound is modified so that only one or two protonatable amine groups are left, and all other protonatable groups are protected.
  • the protonatable amine group is selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted primary amine groups, pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted secondary amine groups, and pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted tertiary amine groups.
  • the protonatable amine group is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr:
  • Structure Nq Structure Nr including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • each Rn-Ri ⁇ is independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH 2 COORi i, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NRn, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups.
  • a linker covalently linking a functional unit and a transportational unit of a HPP/HPC comprises a bond that is capable of being cleaved after the HPP/HPC penetrates across one or more BBs.
  • the cleavable bond comprises, for example, a covalent bond, an ether, thioether, amide, ester, thioester, carbonate, carbamate, phosphate or oxime bond.
  • a peptide HPP/HPC has the following Structure L-1 :
  • F is a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC.
  • Examples of F include Structure F-1 as defined supra;
  • Tc and T N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra;
  • L 1 C and L 1 N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, N(L 3 ), -N(Ls)-CH 2 -O, -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -N(L 5 )-, -0-CH 2 -O-, -O-CH(L 3 )-O, and -S-CH(L 3 )-O-;
  • L 2 c and L 2 N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, N(L 3 ), -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -O, -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -N(L 5 )-, -0-CH 2 -O-, -O-CH(L 3 )-O, -S-CH(L 3 )-O-, -O- L 3 -, -N-L 3 -, -S-L 3 -, -N(Ls)-L 5 - and L 3 ;
  • Uc and L 4N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing,
  • Li N , L 2C , L 2 N, L 4C and L 4N , L 3 and L 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH 2 COOL 6 , substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NL 3 , or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups;
  • a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound comprises the structure of Structure L-1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • Tc is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC.
  • T c is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
  • T N is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
  • a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound comprises the structure of Structure L-1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • T N is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC.
  • T N is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and Tc is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
  • a peptide HPP/HPC has the following Structure L-2:
  • each Ai-A m is independently selected from the group consisting of 2-naphthylalanine, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues, Structure A and Structure B:
  • each Ai-A m is an independently selected integer
  • T B of each Ai-A m , T 0 and T N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra;
  • L IB of each Ai-A m , Lie and l_i N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L 3 )-, -N(Ls)-CH 2 -O, -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -N(L 5 )-, -0-CH 2 -O-, -O- CH(L 3 )-O, and -S-CH(L 3 )-O-;
  • L 26 of each Ai-A m , L 2C and L 2N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L 3 )-, -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -O, -N(L 3 )-CH 2 -N(L 5 )-, -0-CH 2 -O-, -O- CH(L 3 )-O, -S-CH(Ls)-O-, -0-L 3 -, -N-L 3 -, -S-L 3 -, -N(L 3 )-L 5 - and L 3 ;
  • L 46 of each Ai-A m , L 4C and L 4N are independently selected from the group o
  • L 3 and L 5 are defined the same as supra;
  • Z A - I on each carbon of each Ai-A m , Z A-2 for each Ai-A m , Z N ⁇ , Z C ⁇ -i,and Z C ⁇ -2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , C 2 H 5, C 3 H 7, CF 3, C 2 F 5, C 3 F 7 , substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
  • R A on each carbon of each Ai-A m , R 6 on each carbon of each Ai-A m , R N ⁇ and R CT are independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and
  • a peptide HPP/HPC includes a compound having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structure 2, Structure 3, Structure 4,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
  • Ri , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R ⁇ , R 7 , Re, R9, R10, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, and R 27 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, O, NO 2 , substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues; as used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "HA" is nothing or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, e.g.
  • Ar is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2'-naphthyl, 4-iodophenyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues.
  • a peptide HPP/HPC includes a compound having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structures 2-345 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • HA, Ar, X, X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X/, X 8 , X 9 , Xio, X21, X 22 , X 23 , X 24 , X 25 , X 26 , and X 27 are defined the same as supra;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
  • Ri , R 2 , R 4 , R5, R 6 , R7, Re, R 9 , R10, R21, R 22 , R 2 3, R 2 4, R 2 5, R 26 , and R27 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, O, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
  • a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a structure selected form the group consisting of Structure 1a, Structure 1 b, Structure 1c, Structure 1d, Structure 1e, Structure 1f, Structure 1g, and Structure 1 h:
  • Shorter peptides ( ⁇ 10 amino acids) can be synthesized by solution phase synthesis, but it is very difficult for the synthesis of long peptides by solution phase.
  • HPPs/HPCs of peptides in the present disclosure are modified peptides and cannot be synthesized by standard solid-phase peptide synthesis method (from C-terminal to N- terminal).
  • a peptide HPP/HPC is synthesized from N-terminal to C-terminal, wherein the synthesis method comprises the following steps:
  • a method of preparing a peptide HPC using solid-phase synthesis comprising:
  • a) providing a chemically modified resin e.g. trityl chloride resin and carbonate ester resin
  • deprotecting reagents e.g. 1% DBU/20% piperidine/79% DMF, or other reagents that can deprotect the protected carboxylic group
  • deprotecting reagents e.g. 1% DBU/20% piperidine/79% DMF, or other reagents that can deprotect the protected carboxylic group
  • a chemically modified resin can be coupled directly with the protected amino acid, or a chemically modified resin can be further modified first and then couple with the COOH-protected amino acid;
  • a peptide HPP/HPC comprising a transportational unit on the C-terminal amino acid is prepared by coupling to the peptide chain the C- terminal amino acid wherein the carboxylic group is linked to a transportational unit as described supra.
  • the transportational unit is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
  • a peptide HP/HPC comprising a transportational unit on the C-terminal amino acid is prepared by coupling to the peptide chain the C- terminal amino acid wherein the carboxylic group is protected, deprotecting the carboxylic group, and finally coupling to a transportational unit.
  • the transportational unit is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
  • releasing the peptide HPP/HPC is accomplished with high yield.
  • the resin is a trityl chloride resin wherein the releasing step can be accomplished by reacting with TFA/DCM (e.g. 5%).
  • the resin is a carbonate ester resin, and the releasing step can be accomplished by reacting with Pd-C (e.g. 10% in methanol) and H 2 .
  • the coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of coupling reagents.
  • coupling reagents include, without limitation, HBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, TBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, BOP/DIPEA/HOBt, HATU/DIPEA/HOBt, and DIC/HOB, and combinations thereof.
  • DBU means 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene
  • DMF means dimethylformamide
  • DIPEA means N,N-diisopropylethylamine
  • HBTU O-Benzotriazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium-hexafluoro- phosphate
  • HOBt means 1-hydroxylbenzotriazole
  • TTU O-Benzothazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium-tetrafluoroborate
  • BOP means benzotriazole-1 -yl-N-oxy-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • HATU means N-[(dimethylamino)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridino-1 - ylmethylene]-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate N-oxide;
  • DIC means diisopropylcarbodiimide
  • TFA means thfluroacetic acid
  • compositions comprising HPPs/HPCs
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one peptide HPP/HPC and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a HPP/HPC from one location, body fluid, tissue, organ (interior or exterior), or portion of the body, to another location, body fluid, tissue, organ, or portion of the body.
  • Each carrier is "pharmaceutically acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients, e.g., a HPP/HPC, of the formulation and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of a biological system without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers include: (1 ) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11 ) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium
  • compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is an aqueous carrier, e.g. buffered saline and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a polar solvent, e.g. water, acetone and alcohol.
  • the concentration of HPP/HPC in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the biological system's needs.
  • the concentration can be 0.0001 % to 100%, 0.001 % to 50%, 0.01 % to 30%, 0.1 % to 10% wt.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered for prophylactic, therapeutic, and/or hygienic use.
  • Such administration can be topical, mucosal, e.g., oral, nasal, vaginal, rectal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, via inhalation, ophthalmic and other convenient routes.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a variety of unit dosage forms depending upon the method of administration.
  • unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration include powder, tablets, pills, capsules and lozenges.
  • a typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous administration would be about 10 ⁇ 10 g to about 100 g, about 10 ⁇ 10 g to about 10 ⁇ 3 g, about 10 ⁇ 9 g to about 10 ⁇ 6 g, about 10 ⁇ 6 g to about 100 g, about 0.001 g to about 100 g, about 0.01 g to about 10 g, or about 0.01 g to about 1 g per subject per day. Dosages from about 0.01 mg, up to about 50 g, per subject per day may be used. Actual methods for preparing parenterally administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1980).
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in penetrating one or more biological barriers in a biological subject.
  • the method comprises a step of administering to a biological subject a HPP/HPC or a peptide or peptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • a HPP/HPC exhibits more than about 10 times or higher, 50 times or higher, > about 100 times or higher, > about 200 time higher, >about 300 times or higher, >about 500 times or higher, >about 1 ,000 times or higher penetration rate through one or more biological barriers than its parent drug.
  • biological barrier refers to a biological layer that separates an environment into different spatial areas or compartments, which separation is capable of modulating (e.g. restricting, limiting, enhancing or taking no action in) the passing through, penetrating or translocation of substance or matter from one compartment/area to another.
  • the different spatial areas or compartments as referred to herein may have the same or different chemical or biological environment(s).
  • the biological layer as referred herein includes, but is not limited to, a biological membrane, a cell layer, a biological structure, an inner surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities, an external surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities, or any combination or plurality thereof.
  • Examples of a biological membrane include a lipid bilayer structure, eukaryotic cell membrane, prokaryotic cell membrane, and intracellular membrane (e.g., nucleus or organelle membrane, such as membrane or envelope of Golgi apparatus, rough and smooth endoplasmic reticulum (ER), ribosomes, vacuoles, vesicles, liposomes, mitochondria, lysosome, nucleus, chloroplasts, plastids, peroxisomes or microbodies).
  • nucleus or organelle membrane such as membrane or envelope of Golgi apparatus, rough and smooth endoplasmic reticulum (ER), ribosomes, vacuoles, vesicles, liposomes, mitochondria, lysosome, nucleus, chloroplasts, plastids, peroxisomes or microbodies.
  • the lipid bilayer referred to herein is a double layer of lipid-class molecules, including, but not limited to, phospholipids and cholesterol.
  • lipids for bilayer are amphiphilic molecules consisting of polar head groups and non- polar fatty acid tails.
  • the bilayer is composed of two layers of lipids arranged so that their hydrocarbon tails face one another to form an oily core held together by the hydrophobic effect, while their charged heads face the aqueous solutions on either side of the membrane.
  • the lipid bilayer may contain one or more embedded protein and/or sugar molecule(s).
  • Examples of a cell layer include a lining of eukaryotic cells (e.g., epithelium, lamina intestinal and smooth muscle or muscularis mucosa (in gastrointestinal tract)), a lining of prokaryotic cells (e.g., surface layer or S-layer which refers to a two dimensional structure monomolecular layer composed of identical proteins or glycoproteins, specifically, an S-layer refers to a part of a cell envelope commonly found in bacteria and archaea), a biofilm (a structured community of microorganisms encapsulated within a self-developed polymeric matrix and adherent to a living or inert surface), and a plant cell layer (e.g., empidermis).
  • the cells may be normal cells or pathological cells (e.g. disease cells, cancer cells).
  • Examples of biological structures include structures sealed by tight or occluding junctions which provide a barrier to the entry of toxins, bacteria and viruses, e.g. the blood milk barrier and the blood brain barrier (BBB).
  • BBB blood brain barrier
  • the biological structure may also include a mixture of cells, proteins and sugars (e.g. blood clots).
  • Examples of the inner surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities include buccal mucosa, esophageal mucosa, gastric mucosa, intestinal mucosa, olfactory mucosa, oral mucosa, bronchial mucosa, uterine mucosa and endometrium (the mucosa of the uterus, inner layer of the wall of a pollen grain or the inner wall layer of a spore), or a combination or plurality thereof.
  • Examples of the external surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities include capillaries (e.g. capillaries in the heart tissue), mucous membranes that are continuous with skin (e.g. such as at the nostrils, the lips, the ears, the genital area, and the anus), outer surface of an organ (e.g. liver, lung, stomach, brain, kidney, heart, ear, eye, nose, mouth, tongue, colon, pancreas, gallbladder, duodenum, rectum stomach, colonrectum, intestine, vein, respiratory system, vascular, the anorectum and pruritus ani), skin, cuticle (e.g.
  • a biological barrier further includes a sugar layer, a protein layer or any other biological layer, or a combination or plurality thereof.
  • skin is a biological barrier that has a plurality of biological layers.
  • a skin comprises an epidermis layer (outer surface), a demis layer and a subcutaneous layer.
  • the epidermis layer contains several layers including a basal cell layer, a spinous cell layer, a granular cell layer, and a stratum corneum.
  • the cells in the epidermis are called keratinocytes.
  • the stratum corneum (“horny layer”) is the outmost layer of the epidermis, wherein cells here are flat and scale-like (“squamous”) in shape.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in diagnosing a condition in a biological system. The method comprises the following steps:
  • the HPP/HPC (or the agent cleaved from the HPP/HPC) aggregates in the site of action where a condition occurs.
  • the presence, location or amount of the functional unit of the HPP/HPC is also detected.
  • the onset, development, progress, or remission of a condition (e.g., cancer) associated is also determined.
  • the HPP/HPC is labeled with or conjugated to a detectable agent.
  • the HPP/HPC is prepared to include radioisotopes for detection.
  • detectable agents are available which can be generally grouped into the following categories:
  • Radioisotopes such as 35 S, 14 C, 13 C, 15 N, 125 I, 3 H, and 131 I.
  • the diagnostic agent can be labeled with the radioisotope using the techniques known in the art and radioactivity can be measured using scintillation counting; in addition, the diagnostic agent can be spin labeled for electron paramagnetic resonance for carbon and nitrogen labeling.
  • Fluorescent agents such as BODIPY, BODIPY analogs, rare earth chelates (europium chelates), fluorescein and its derivatives, FITC, 5,6 carboxyfluorescein, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, Lissamine, phycoerythrin, green fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein and Texas Red. Fluorescence can be quantified using a fluorometer.
  • luciferases e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase
  • luciferin 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones
  • malate dehydrogenase urease
  • peroxidase such as horseradish peroxidase (HRPO)
  • HRPO horseradish peroxidase
  • alkaline phosphatase ⁇ - galactosidase
  • glucoamylase lysozyme
  • saccharide oxidases e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • heterocyclic oxidases such as uricase and xanthine oxidase
  • lactoperoxidase lactoperoxidase
  • microperoxidase and the like.
  • enzyme-substrate combinations include, for example: (i) Horseradish peroxidase (HRPO) with hydrogen peroxidase as a substrate, wherein the hydrogen peroxidase oxidizes a dye precursor (e.g., orthophenylene diamine (OPD) or 3, 3', 5,5'- tetramethyl benzidine hydrochloride (TMB)); (ii) alkaline phosphatase (AP) with para- Nitrophenyl phosphate as chromogenic substrate; and (iii) ⁇ -D-galactosidase ( ⁇ -D-GaI) with a chromogenic substrate (e.g., p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ - D-galactosidase) or fluorogenic substrate 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ - D-galactosidase.
  • HRPO Horseradish peroxidase
  • OPD orthophenylene diamine
  • TMB 3, 3', 5,5'- t
  • the detectable agent is not necessarily conjugated to the diagnostic agent but is capable of recognizing the presence of the diagnostic agent and the diagnostic agent can be detected.
  • a peptide HPP/HPC can be provided in a kit, i.e., a packaged combination of reagents in predetermined amounts with instructions for performing the diagnostic assay.
  • the kit will include substrates and cofactors required by the enzyme (e.g., a substrate precursor which provides the detectable chromophore or fluorophore).
  • substrates and cofactors required by the enzyme e.g., a substrate precursor which provides the detectable chromophore or fluorophore.
  • other additives may be included such as stabilizers, buffers (e.g., a block buffer or lysis buffer) and the like.
  • the relative amounts of the various reagents may be varied widely to provide for concentrations in solution of the reagents which substantially optimize the sensitivity of the assay.
  • the reagents may be provided as dry powders, usually lyophilized, including excipients which on dissolution will provide a reagent solution having the appropriate concentration.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of screening a HPP/HPC for a desired character.
  • the method comprises: 1 ) covalently linking a test functional unit to a transportational unit through a linker to form a test composition (or covalently linking a functional unit to a test transportational unit through a linker, or covalently linking a functional unit to a transportational unit through a test linker)
  • test composition has the desired nature or character.
  • a desired character may include, for example, 1 ) the ability of a test functional unit to form a high penetration composition or convert back to a parent drug, 2) the penetration ability and/or rate of a test composition, 3) the efficiency and/or efficacy of a test composition, 4) the transportational ability of a test transportational unit, and 5) the cleavability of a test linker.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in treating a condition in a biological system.
  • the method comprises administrating the pharmaceutical composition to the biological system.
  • treating means curing, alleviating, inhibiting, or preventing.
  • treat means cure, alleviate, inhibit, or prevent.
  • treatment means cure, alleviation, inhibition or prevention.
  • biological system means an organ, a group of organs that work together to perform a certain task, an organism, or a group of organisms.
  • organ as used herein means an assembly of molecules that function as a more or less stable whole and has the properties of life, such as animal, plant, fungus, or micro-organism.
  • animal means an eukaryotic organism characterized by voluntary movement.
  • animal include, without limitation, vertebrata (e.g. human, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, marsipobranchiata and leptocardia), tunicata (e.g. thaliacea, appendiculaha, sorberacea and ascidioidea), articulata (e.g. insecta, myriapoda, malacapoda, arachnida, pycnogonida, merostomata, Crustacea and annelida), gehyrea (anarthropoda), and helminthes (e.g. rotifera).
  • vertebrata e.g. human, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, marsipobranchiata and leptocardia
  • tunicata e.g. thaliacea, appendiculaha, sorberacea and ascidioide
  • plant as used herein means organisms belonging to the kingdom Plantae.
  • plant include, without limitation, seed plants, bryophytes, ferns and fern allies.
  • seed plants include, without limitation, cycads, ginkgo, conifers, gnetophytes, angiosperms.
  • bryophytes include, without limitation, liverworts, hornworts and mosses.
  • ferns include, without limitation, ophioglossales (e.g. adders-tongues, moonworts, and grape-ferns), marattiaceae and leptosporangiate ferns.
  • fern allies include, without limitation, lycopsida (e.g. clubmosses, spikemosses and quillworts), psilotaceae (e.g. lycopodiophyta and whisk ferns) and equisetaceae (e.g. horsetails).
  • fungus as used herein means a eukaryotic organism that is a member of the kingdom Fungi. Examples of fungus include, without limitation, chytrids, blastocladiomycota, neocallimastigomycota, zygomycota, glomeromycota, ascomycota and basidiomycota.
  • micro-organism as used herein means an organism that is microscopic (e.g. with length scale of micrometer).
  • micro-organism include, without limitation, bacteria, fungi, archaea, protists and microscopic plants (e.g. green algae) and microscopic animals (e.g. plankton, planarian and amoeba).
  • Some examples of the conditions the method can treat include conditions that can be treated by the parent drug of the HPP/HPC.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using peptide HPPs/HPCs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof in treating a condition in a biological system or subject by administrating a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to the biological system or subject.
  • Peptides and peptides-related compounds can be used to regulate a wide range of biological processes in a biological system. Conditions that are related to such biological processes are treatable by the corresponding peptides or peptide-related compounds, and therefore treatable by peptide HPPs/HPCs, and a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Such conditions include, but are not limited to, aging, angina, antithrombin deficiency, arrhythmia, atheroscierosis, artrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, blood clots, cardiacischemia, cardiac surgery, cardiomyopathy, cardiovascular abnormalities, carotid artery disease, chest pain, circulation disorders, claudication, collagen vascular diseases, congenital heart diseases, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, diabetes, diabetes and hypertension, dyslipidemia, dysrhythmia, elevated triglycerides, heart defect, heart disease, heart failure, heart valve disease, hemangioma, high chlolesterol, hypertriglyceridemia, intermittent claudication, hypertension, Kawasaki disease, heart attack, myocardial ischemia, orthostatic hypotension, peripheral arterial disease, peripheral arterial occlusive disease, peripheral vascular disease, Raynaud's disease, smoking cessation, tachycardia (fast heart rate), thrombosis, vari
  • hyperlipoproteinemia growth hormone deficiencies/abnormalities, gynecomastia, hair removal, hyperlipidemia, hormone deficiencies, hot flash, hyperparathyroidism, idiopathic short stature, indication: diabetes type II, male hormonal deficiencies/abnormalities, McCune-Albright syndrome, menopause disorders, metabolic syndrome, obesity, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, pancreatic disorders, pancreatitis, parathyroid cancer, parathyroid disease, parathyroid disorders, perimenopause, pituitary disorders, polycystic ovarian syndrome, post menopause disorders, post menopause osteopenia, precocious puberty, primary insulin hypersecretion, severe short stature, sexual dysfunction, thyroid disease, thyroid disorders, Turner syndrome, Wilms' tumor, Wilson's disease, abdominal cancer, achalasia, alpha 1 antitrypsin deficiency, anal fissures, appendicitis, Barrett's esophagus, biliary tract cancer, bowel dysfunction
  • Conditions related to platelet aggregation include, for example, thromboembolis after surgery, carotid endarterectomy, the recurrence of stenosis after coronary angioplasty, thromboembolis complications in chronic arterial fibrillation, aortocornonary-artery-bypass graft occlusion, heart attack, stroke, multi-infract dementia, dementia, hemodialysis shunt thrombosis and arterial embolic complications in patients' prosthetic heart valves.
  • Some examples of the conditions that are treatable by a method comprising using a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof include, without limitation, peptide-hormone related conditions, inflammation and related conditions, platelet aggregation related conditions, neuropeptide related conditions, microorganism related conditions and other conditions regulated by peptides or peptide-related compounds.
  • a method of treating a peptide treatable condition comprises administering to a biological system a peptide HPP/HPC of a peptide or a peptide-related compound such as angiotentensin, angiotensin Il antagonists, angiotentensin Il AT2 receptor, antimicrobial peptides, anti-oxytocin, hormones, antidiuretic hormones, adrenocorticotropic hormones, antimicrobial peptide, antiinflammatory peptide, bradykinin, bradykinin antagonist, endothelin peptides, endothelin peptide antagonist, gastrin, calcitonin, melanoma-associated antigen peptide, laminin peptide, fibrinogen peptide, EAE inducing peptides, growth factors, growth hormone releasing peotides, somatostatin, hormone releasing hormones, luteinizing hormone releasing hormone, neuropeptide, melanocyte
  • a method of treating a peptide-hormone related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of a peptide- hormone or a peptide-hormone related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • hormones regulate a wide range of processes such as energy levels, reproduction, growth and development, homeostasis, and reactions to surroundings, stress and injury.
  • peptide-hormone related conditions include, without limitation: a) menopause; b) bone diseases, e.g.
  • osteoporosis Paget's disease and bone metastases; c) growth hormone deficiency; d) hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism; e) metabolism disorder, e.g. obesity, abnormal blood glucose level, abnormal blood lipid level, diabetes mellitus (type I or/and type II) and diabetes-induced complications, including diabetic retinopathy, necrobiotic ulcers, and diabetic proteinuria; f) abnormal blood pressure, e.g. hypertension and hypotension; g) skin condition, e.g.
  • psoriasis and psoriatic disorders acne, cystic acne, pus-filled or reddish bumps, comedones, papules, pustules, nodules, epidermoid cysts, keratosis pilaris, abnormal vascular skin lesions, birthmarks, moles (nevi), skin tags, scleroderma, vitiligo and related diseases, or aging spots (liver spots); h) autoimmune disease, e.g.
  • discoid lupus erythematosus systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), autoimmune hepatitis, cleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, polymyositis, scleroderma, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, juvenile diabetes mellitus, Addison disease, vitiligo, pernicious anemia, glomerulonephritis, pulmonary fibrosis, multiple sclerosis (MS) and Crohn's disease; i) eye disease, e.g.
  • glaucoma ocular hypertension, loss of vision after ophthalmic surgery, vision of a warm-blooded animal impaired by cystoid macular edema and cataract; j) preeclamptic toxemia in high-risk women; k) male and female sexual dysfunction; j) allergy and asthma; k) insomnia;
  • IV) depression and related conditions e.g. cardiovascular diseases, e.g. heart attack, unstable angina, peripheral occlusive arterial disease and stroke;
  • tumor e.g. benign tumor, breast cancer, colon-rectum cancer, oral cancer, lung or other respiratory system cancers, skin cancers, uterus cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, urinary organs cancers, leukemia or other blood and lymph tissues cancer; and o) metastasis.
  • a method of treating a microorganism related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of an antimicrobial peptide or a anti-microbial peptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • microorganisms related conditions include, without limitation, inflammation and related conditions: a) pain; b) injuries; c) conditions related to microorganisms; d) inflammation related conditions, e.g.
  • prostate gland inflammation prostatitis
  • prostatocystitis prostate enlarge fibrosis
  • hemorrhoids Kawasaki syndrome
  • gastroenteritis type-1 membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
  • Bartter's syndrome chronic uveitis
  • ankylosing spondylitis hemophilic arthropathy
  • inflamed hemorrhoids post irradiation (factitial) proctitis
  • chronic ulcerative colitis inflammatory bowel disease
  • cryptitis periodontitis, arthritis
  • an organ selected from the group consisting of liver, lung, stomach, brain, kidney, heart, ear, eye, nose, mouth, tongue, colon, pancreas, gallbladder, duodenum, rectum stomach, colonrectum, intestine, vein, respiratory system, vascular, the anorectum and pruritus ani.
  • a method of treating a neuropeptide-related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of a neuropeptide or a neuropeptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • neuropeptide related conditions include, without limitation, pain, and neurodegenerative disease, e.g. Alzheimer's diseases and Parkinson's disease.
  • conditions that are treatable by a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof include, without limitation, conditions relate to: conditions related to platelet aggregation, e.g. thromboembolis after surgery, carotid endarterectomy, the recurrence of stenosis after coronary angioplasty, thromboembolis complications in chronic arterial fibrillation, aortocornonary-artery-bypass graft occlusion, heart attack, stroke, multi-infract dementia, dementia, hemodialysis shunt thrombosis and arterial embolic complications in patients' prosthetic heart valves; antepartum, postpartum, anti- AD activities, antidiuretic activities, brain injury, calcium homeostasis, melanocye, activities of CNS and phagocytosis,
  • platelet aggregation e.g. thromboembolis after surgery, carotid endarterectomy, the recurrence of stenosis after coronar
  • a method of treating a condition in a subject amelioratable or treatable with peptides or peptide-related compounds comprises administering a therapeutic effective amount of a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to the subject.
  • a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be administered to a biological system by any administration route known in the art, including without limitation, oral, enteral, buccal, nasal, topical, rectal, vaginal, aerosol, transmucosal, epidermal, transdermal, dermal, ophthalmic, pulmonary, subcutaneous, and/or parenteral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a variety of unit dosage forms depending upon the method of administration.
  • a parenteral administration refers to an administration route that typically relates to injection which includes but is not limited to intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intra cardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, and/or intrasternal injection and/or infusion.
  • a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be given to a subject in the form of formulations or preparations suitable for each administration route.
  • the formulations useful in the methods of the invention include one or more HPPs/HPCs, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefor, and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the subject being treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • the amount of a HPP/HPC which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a pharmaceutically effective dose will generally be that amount of a HPP/HPC which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety- nine percent of the HPP/HPC, preferably from about 20 percent to about 70 percent.
  • Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a HPP/HPC with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a HPP/HPC with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a HPP/HPC as an active ingredient.
  • a compound may also be administered as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
  • the HPP/HPC is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1 ) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin, (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds;
  • compositions may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered peptide or peptidomimetic moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • Tablets, and other solid dosage forms may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of a HPP/HPC therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use.
  • compositions may also optionally contain pacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the HPP(s)/HPC(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • pacifying agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the HPP/HPC can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents
  • Suspensions in addition to the HPP/HPC, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more HPPs/HPCs with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
  • suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
  • Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations for the topical or transdermal or epidermal or dermal administration of a HPP composition include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants.
  • the active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as water, ethanol, and ethanol solution, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to the HPP composition, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the HPP composition, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
  • a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be alternatively administered by aerosol. This can be accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the HPPs/HPCs.
  • a nonaqueous (e. g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used.
  • Sonic nebulizers can also be used.
  • An aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers.
  • the carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include nonionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
  • Transdermal patches can also be used to deliver HPP compositions to a tumor site.
  • Such formulations can be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the peptidomimetic across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the peptidomimetic in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • a transdermal therapeutic application system comprises a peptide HPP/HPC as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system is a spray or rub-on solution further comprising a solvent that can dissolve the peptide HPP/HPC.
  • solvent include, without limitation, organic solvents and inorganic solvents such as water, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, DMSO, DMF, and combinations thereof.
  • a transdermal therapeutic application system comprises a peptide HPP/HPC as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system further comprises a subject comprising an active substance-containing matrix layer and an impermeable backing layer.
  • a subject comprising an active substance-containing matrix layer and an impermeable backing layer.
  • such subject is a patch or a bandage.
  • such subject is an active substance reservoir comprising a permeable bottom facing the skin, wherein by controlling the rate of release, the system enables the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient to reach constantly optimal therapeutic blood levels to increase effectiveness and reduce the side effects of the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient.
  • Ophthalmic formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration comprise a HPP/HPC in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacterostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
  • aqueous and nonaqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (e. g., such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
  • polyols e. g., such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
  • vegetable oils such as olive oil
  • injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of a HPP/HPC or in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of the HPP/HPC to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly (orthoesters) and poly (anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the HPP/HPC in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
  • a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof is delivered to a disease or tumor site in a therapeutically effective dose.
  • a pharmaceutically effective dose of a HPP/HPC that will yield the most effective results in terms of efficacy of treatment in a given patient will depend upon, for example, the activity, the particular nature, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and bioavailability of a particular HPP/HPC, physiological condition of the subject (including race, age, sex, weight, diet, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), the nature of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in a formulation, the route and frequency of administration being used, and the severity or propensity of a disease caused by pathogenic target microbial organisms, to name a few.
  • Peptides and related compounds are hydrophilic and have limited ability to penetrate the skin membrane barrier. When peptides are taken orally, peptides and related compounds can be rapidly proteolysized by proteolytic enzymes in the Gl tract in a few minutes. In the case of injection, administration of peptides is painful and in many cases requires frequent and costly office visits to treat chronic conditions.
  • the HPP/HPC can be administered locally (e.g., topically or transdermally) to reach a location where a condition occurs without the necessity of a systematic administration (e.g., oral or parenteral administration).
  • a systematic administration e.g., oral or parenteral administration.
  • a local administration and penetration of a HPP/HPC allows the HPP/HPC to reach the same level of local concentration of an agent or drug with much less amount or dosage of the HPP/HPC in comparison to a systematic administration of the parent agent or drug; alternatively, a higher level of local concentration which may not be afforded in the systematic administration, or if possible, requires significantly higher dosage of the agent in the systematic administration.
  • the high local concentration of the HPP/HPC or its parent agent if being cleaved enables the treatment of a condition more effectively or much faster than a systematically delivered parent agent and the treatment of new conditions that may not be possible or observed before.
  • the local administration of the HPP/HPC may allow a biological subject to reduce potential sufferings from a systemic administration, e.g., adverse reactions associated with the systematic exposure to the agent, gastrointestinal/renal effects. Additionally, the local administration may allow the HPP/HPC to cross a plurality of biological barriers and reach systematically through, for example, general circulation and thus avoid the needs for systematic administration (e.g., injection) and obviate the pain associated with the parenteral injection.
  • a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention can be administered systematically (e.g., transdermal ⁇ , orally or parenterally).
  • the HPP/HPC or the active agent (e.g., drug or metabolite) of the HPP/HPC may enter the general circulation with a faster rate than the parent agent and gain faster access to the action site a condition.
  • the HPP/HPC can cross a biological barrier (e.g., blood brain barrier) which has not been penetrated if a parent agent is administered alone and thus offer novel treatment of conditions that may not be possible or observed before.
  • peptide HPPs/HPCs may demonstrate high penetration rate through a biological barrier (e.g., > about 10 times, > about 50 times, >about 100 times, >about 200 times, >about 300 times, > about 1000 times higher than if the peptides or peptide-related compounds are administered alone).
  • a biological barrier e.g., > about 10 times, > about 50 times, >about 100 times, >about 200 times, >about 300 times, > about 1000 times higher than if the peptides or peptide-related compounds are administered alone.
  • No or few adverse side effect is observed from the subjects that took peptide HPPs/HPCs, while side effects (such as nausea, hair loss, and increased susceptibility to infection) are observed from the subjects that took the parent peptides at the similar dosage.
  • Example 1 Preparation of a HPP/HPC from a parent drug.
  • Structure F-C is converted to a HPP/HPC having Structure L-1 :
  • L 1 C, L 1 N , L 2 C, L 2 N, L 4C and L 4N are defined as supra;
  • Tc is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC.
  • T c is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
  • T N is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
  • a HPP/HPC having Structure L-1 is prepared according to organic synthesis by reacting the parent compounds or derivatives of the parent compounds having Structure D (e.g. acid halides, mixed anhydrides of the parent compounds, etc.):
  • Structure D with compounds of Structure E Scheme 1 : Structure E wherein W c is selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted aryloxycarbonyloxy; and
  • L 10 , L 1 N , L 2 C, L 2 N, L 4 C, L 4N , T 0 and T N are defined as supra.
  • Structure F-N reacts with a compound having the following structure W:
  • T N is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC.
  • T N is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
  • Tc is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
  • W N is selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted aryloxycarbonyloxy.
  • a HPP/HPC having a structure of Structure L-2 is prepared by organic synthesis wherein the unwanted reactive sites such as -COOH, - NH 2 , -OH, or -SH are protected before linking a transportational unit with a functional unit according to one of the synthetic route as described supra.
  • the obtained protected HPP/HPC may be further partially or completely deprotected to render a partially protected HPP/HPC or an unprotected HPP/HPC respectively.
  • the ethyl acetate solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 500 ml) and water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue [Z- Arg(diAc)-OCH 2 CH 2 N(CH2CH3)2, 28 g] was dissolved in 300 ml of methanol. 2 g of 10% Pd/C was added into the solution. The mixture was stirred for 10 h under hydrogen at RT. Pd/C was removed by filtration. The solution was evaporated to dryness to obtain 22 g of H-Arg(diAc)-OCH 2 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 .
  • OCH 2 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 # 2TFA was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 15 g of Ac-Val-Pro-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The organic layer is washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate was removed by filtration. 15 g of HCI gas in dioxane (200 ml) was added into the solution. The solid was collected and washed with ether (3 x 50 ml).
  • H-Lys(4-Pyoc)-OH was prepared according to reference (H. Kunz and S. Birnbach, Tetrahedron Lett., 25, 3567, 1984; H. Kunz and R. Barthels, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 22, 783, 1983).
  • 33 g of H-Lys(4-Pyoc)-OH was suspended in 300 ml of 5% NaHCO 3 .
  • 300 ml of acetone and 52 g of Fmoc-Trp-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for overnight at RT.
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml).
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 39 g of Fmoc-Phe-OH, 13 g of 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at RT.
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml).
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 60 g of Ac-Nle-Asp(OFm)-OH, 13 g of 1-Hydroxybenzothazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzothazol-i-yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred 2 hours at RT.
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml).
  • the peptided resin was suspended in 700 ml of DMF. 50 g of MeI was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT and 1 h at 50 0 C.
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 30% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 60 min.
  • the resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 13 g of 1 - Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred 10 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml).
  • a peptide HPP/HPC of a peptide is prepared using trityl chloride resin and 2-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group (Scheme 3), wherein:
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, methyl, and methoxyl
  • R 1 , R 2 , ... R n are side chains of amino acids of the peptide HPP/HPC numbered 1 , 2, ... n respectively from the N-terminal to C-terminal; coupling reagents are selected from the group consisting of HBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, TBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, BOP/DIPEA/HOBt, HATU/DIPEA/HOBt, DIC/HOB, and combinations thereof; and
  • R T is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl oxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, and a transportational unit selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
  • peptide HPP/HPC Scheme 3 Synthesis of peptide HPP/HPC using trityl chloride resin and 2-(4- nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using trityl chloride resin and 9-fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group
  • a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using carbonate ester resin and 9-fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group
  • a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using carbonate ester resin and 2-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting
  • H c 2 - Coupling Reagents e.g.,HBTU/DIPE ⁇ A/HOBt shaking 30 min filtration washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x) 9%DMF) (3x) washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x) D EA/HQBt) washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x) filtration washed with AcOH (3x)
  • Peptide HPP/HPC Scheme 6 Synthesis of a peptide HPP/HPC using carbonate ester resin and 2- (4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
  • Example 2 Peptide HPPs/HPCs showed higher in vitro penetration rates across human skin comparing to their parent drugs.
  • HPPs/HPCs and their parent drugs were measured in vitro by modified Franz cells.
  • the Franz cells had two chambers, the top sample chamber and the bottom receiving chamber.
  • the human skin tissue (360-400 ⁇ m thick) that separated the top and the receiving chambers was isolated from the anterior or posterior thigh areas.
  • a compound tested (2 ml_, 20% in 0.2 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.4) was added to the sample chamber of a Franz cell.
  • the receiving chamber contains 10 ml of pH 7.4 phosphate buffer (0.2 M) which was stirred at 600 rpm.
  • the amount of the tested compound penetrating the skin was determined by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method. The results were shown in Figures 2.
  • the apparent flux values of the tested compounds were calculated from the slopes in the Figure 2 and summarized in Table 1 respectively.
  • parent drugs that showed an apparent flux value equal to or less than 1 ⁇ g /cm 2 /h were considered as not detectable for penetrating across the skin tissue.
  • the HPPs/HPCs of these parent drugs e.g. enterostatins, Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), Melanocortin Il (cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys-OH), opioid peptides (e.g.
  • Met-enkephalin H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH
  • HPPs/HPCs had detectable apparent flux value. Therefore the peptide HPPs/HPCs showed a higher penetration rate (340-600 times higher) across the skin tissue comparing to their parent compounds.
  • Enterostatins [00193] Enterostatins [Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg (VPDPR), Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), and Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (APGPR)] are pentapeptides derived from the NH 2 - terminus of procolipase after tryptic cleavage and belong to the family of gut-brain peptides. They regulate fat intake and may be used for the treatment of obesity (Erlanson-Albertsson C, York D, Obes. Rev. 1997 JuI; 5(4): 360-72 and Sorhede M, Mei J, Erlanson-Albertsson C, J Physiol. 87:273-275,1993).
  • H-Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg-OH produced a dose-dependent reduction in food intake when injected intraperitoneally into Osborne-Mendel rats that had been starved overnight. This inhibition of feeding was observed when the rats were fed a high-fat diet but not in rats fed a high-carbohydrate, low-fat diet (Okada S. et al. Physiol Behav., 1991 Jun; 49(6): 1185-9).
  • H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO 2 )-OCH(CH 3 )2 # HCI (administrated transdermal ⁇ , as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intakes and body weights in Sprague Dawley rats (SD rats) and DB/DB mice. Results were shown in Tables 3, 4 and 5.
  • mice 40 obese female DB/DB mice (SLAC/DB/DB mice, 16 weeks old, 55-60 g) were divided into 4 groups.
  • the results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly- Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH 3 ) 2 # HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 5).
  • H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 » HCI (administrated transdermally, as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intakes and body weights in SD rats and DB/DB mice. Results were shown in Tables 6, 7, and 8.
  • mice 40 obese female DB/DB mice (16 weeks old, 55-60 g) were divided into 4 groups.
  • mice 40 obese female DB/DB mice (16 weeks old, 53-61 g) were divided into 4 groups.
  • H-AIa- Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO 2 )-OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 » HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 11 ).
  • SD Sprague Dawley
  • mice 40 obese female DB/DB mice (16 weeks old, 53-61 g) were divided into 4 groups.
  • the results showed that H-VaI- Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO 2 )-OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 » HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 14).
  • Melanocortin Il is a cyclic lactam peptides Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe- Arg-Trp-Lys-OH. It is the Palatin's (AMEX:PTN) novel drug candidate for the treatment of male and female sexual dysfunction.
  • melanocortin agonists melanocortin Il has shown promise in effectively treating erectile dysfunction (ED) and female sex dysfunction without the cardiovascular effects found in ED drugs currently available.
  • Melanocortin Il works through a mechanism involving the central nervous system rather than directly on the vascular system.
  • a HPP/HPC of Melanocortin Il diffused through human skin in very high rate (-0.3-0.5 mg/h/cm 2 ), and provided almost side-effects-free methods of treating erectile dysfunction or enhancing female sexual arousal.
  • OCHsCHslSKCHsCHs ⁇ HCI (peptide A) in 0.2 ml of pH 7.0 phosphate buffer (0.1 M) was applied to the back of male rats (Group A-1 , 30 rats) once per day for 5 days.
  • OCH 2 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ⁇ HCI (peptide B) was applied to the back of another group of male rats (Group B-1 , 30 rats). Rats of a control group were not treated with any drug. The results showed a 5 fold increase in solicitation and a 3 fold increase in copulation for Group A-1 comparing to the negative control group. 6 fold increase in solicitation and 3 fold increase in copulation for Group B-1 in rats were observed comparing to the control group (Table 15).
  • Opioid peptides e.g. Met-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH), Leu- enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH), H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL, and H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH
  • H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH
  • HCI-H-Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OCH 2 (CH 2 )4CH 3 (10 mg/kg, B)
  • Ac- Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OCH 2 CH 2 N(CH2CH3) « HCI (10 mg/kg, C)
  • HCI-H- Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Met(O)-OL 10 mg/kg, D
  • the group A was the control group. The results were shown in Table 16.
  • Opioid peptides are natural peptides that are produced by animals and are not stable in biological systems. They are not addictive and they are not only for treatment of any pain from a toothache, headache, arthritis, any other inflammatory, fever, cancer, dysmenorrhea, and acute migraine headache, but also for the treatment of drug abuse.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a high penetration composition or high penetration prodrugs of peptide or peptide-related compound comprising functional unit, linker, and transportational unit. The functional unit is covalently linked to the transportational unit via the linker, and comprises a moiety of the peptide or the peptide-related compound. The transportational unit comprises protonatable amine group. The linker comprises chemical bond that is capable of being cleaved after the composition penetrates across a biological barrier.

Description

HIGH PENETRATION PRODRUG COMPOSITIONS OF PEPTIDES AND PEPTIDE- RELATED COMPOUNDS CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
PRIORITY STATEMENT
[0001] The present application is a continuation in part application of and claims priority to U.S. Patent Application No. 12/463,374, filed on May 8, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference. The present application also claims priority to China Patent Application No.200910135997.0, filed on May 8, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] This invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical compositions capable of penetrating one or more biological barriers and methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for preventing, diagnosing and/or treating condition or disease in human and animals that are treatable by peptides or peptide-related compounds. The invention also relates to methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for screening new drug candidates and methods of using the pharmaceutical compositions for diagnosing a condition in a biological subject. A method for synthesis of HPPs/HPCs of peptides from N-terminal to C-terminal has been developed.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Peptides are polymers formed by linking amino acids with amide bonds. Peptides play various roles in a biological system. For example, peptide hormone is the largest group of hormones which modulate various biological processes in biological subjects. One nanogram of hyrotropin-releasing hormone injected into a mouse increases the uptake of iodide from the blood into the thyroid gland (R. L. Kisliuk, Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 4th Ed., W.O. Foye, et al. Eds., Williams & Wilkins, 4th Ed. 1995, p. 606). Tuftsin (Thr-Lys-Pro-Arg) stimulates phagocytosis and promotes antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (V.A. Najjar, MoI. Cell. Biochem. 41_, 1 , 1981 ). Met-enkephaline (Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met) isolated from brain and small intestine, acts as morphine does, in that it binds to the same receptor and has analgesic activity (J.R.Jaffe and W.R. Martin, in Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, A.G. Gilman, et al., Eds., New York, Pergamon Press, 1990, p. 481 ). Other examples of peptide hormones include, without limitation, oxytocin (Pierce et al., J. Biol. Chem. 199, 929, 1952), vasopressin (Kamm et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 50, 573, 1928), angiotensin (J. C. Garrison and M.J. Peach, in Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, A.G. Gilman, et al., Eds., New York, Pergamon Press, 1990, p. 749), gastrin (P. C. Emson and B. E. B. Sandberg, Annu, Rep. Med. Chem., 18, 31 , 1983), somatostatin (A.V. Schally, et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem., 47, 89, 1978), dynorphin (M. G. Weisskopf, et al., Nature, 362, 423, 1993), endothelin (A.M. Doherty, J. Med. Chem., 35, 1493, 1992), secretin (E. Jorper, Gastroenterology, 55, 157, 1968), calcitonin (M.V.L. Ray, et al., Biotechnology, H, 64, 1993), insulin (F. Sanger, Br. Med. Bull., 16, 183, 1960), and competence stimulating peptide (CSP).
[0004] Another group of peptides are anti-microbial peptides which have been found to participate in innate immunity in a wide variety of organisms (Reddy et al. 2004). These peptides and others have attracted much interest due to their potential usefulness in treating infections, especially because they are often effective against bacterial strains that have become resistant to conventional antibiotics. One well-known class of anti-microbial peptides is the tachyplesins. Another class of anti-microbial peptides is histatin peptides and the derivatives. Another class of antimicrobial peptide is hepcidin, which is also referred as LEAP-1 , for liver-expressed antimicrobial peptide.
[0005] Another group of peptides are calcium binding peptides that bind specifically to calcified surfaces. One example of a calcium binding peptide comprises three amino acid repeat sequence (X-Y-Z)n, wherein X is aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, alanine or glutamine, Y and Z are alanine, serine, threonine, phosphoserine, or phosphothreonine, and n is a number from 1 to 40.
[0006] Unfortunately, peptides and peptide related compounds are rapidly proteolysized by proteolytic enzymes. When peptides and peptide related compounds are taken orally, they will be proteolysized in a few minutes. Other systematic administrations of peptides and peptide related compounds are painful, and in many cases require frequent and costly office visits to treat chronic conditions.
[0007] Therefore, a need exists in the art for novel compositions that are capable of being delivered efficiently and effectively to the action site of a condition (e.g., a disease) to prevent, reduce or treat conditions as well as minimize adverse side effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] One aspect of the invention is directed to a high penetration prodrug (HPP) or high penetration composition (HPC) comprising a functional unit covalently linked to a transportational unit through a linker. The terms "HPP" and "HPC" are used alone or together herein and are interchangeable unless specifically noted.
[0009] In certain embodiments, a functional unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a moiety of an agent, wherein the efficient and effective delivery of the agent to a biological subject and/or transportation of the agent across one or more biological barriers are/is desired.
[0010] In certain embodiments, a functional unit may be hydrophilic, lipophilic, or amphiphilic (i.e., both hydrophilic and lipophilic). For example, the lipophilic nature of a function unit may be inherent or achieved by converting the hydrophilic moieties of a functional unit to lipophilic moieties.
[0011] In certain embodiments, a functional unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a moiety of a peptide or peptide-related compound. A peptide-related compound is a compound comprising a peptide structure, a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into a peptide or peptide metabolite after a HPP or HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers. A peptide-related compound further includes a compound that is an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into an analogue or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, after a HPP or HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers. Examples of peptides include, but are not limited to, peptide hormones (e.g. hyrotropin-releasing hormone, tuftsin (Thr- Lys-Pro-Arg), met-enkephaline (Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met), oxytocin, angiotensin, gastrin, somatostatin, dynorphin, endothelin, secretin, calcitonin, and insulin), enterostatins (e.g. Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg (VPDPR), Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), and Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (APGPR)), Melanocortin Il (cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys-OH), opioid peptides (e.g. Met-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH), Leu-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly- Gly-Phe-Leu-OH), H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL, and H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe- Leu-OH), neuropeptides, alkaloids, anti-inflammation peptides, anti-microbial peptides (e.g. competence stimulating peptides, tachyplesins, histatin peptides and the derivatives), calcium binding peptides, regulation peptides, peptide vaccines, and peptide mimics (e.g. α-helix mimics and β-sheet mimics).
[0012] In certain embodiments, a transportational unit of a HPP or HPC comprises a protonatable amine group that is capable of facilitating or enhancing the transportation or crossing of the HPP or HPC through one or more biological barriers. In certain embodiments, the protonatable amine group is substantially protonated at the pH of the biological barriers through which a HPP or HPC penetrates. In certain embodiments, the amine group can be reversibly protonated or deprotonated.
[0013] In certain embodiments, a linker covalently links the functional unit to the transportational unit of a HPP or HPC and comprises a bond that is capable of being cleaved after the HPP or HPC penetrates across one or more biological barriers. The cleavable bond comprises, for example, a covalent bond, an ether, a thioether, an amide, an ester, a thioester, a carbonate, a carbamate, a phosphate or an oxime bond.
[0014] Another aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0015] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for penetrating a biological barrier using a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
[0016] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for diagnosing the onset, development, or remission of a condition in a biological subject by using a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound. In certain embodiments, the HPP (or HPC) or the functional unit thereof is detectable. In certain embodiments, the HPP/HPC or the functional unit of the HPP/HPC is inherently detectable, labeled with, or conjugated to, a detectable marker. [0017] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for screening functional units, linkers, or transportational units for desired characteristics.
[0018] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method for preventing, ameliorating, or treating a condition in a biological subject by administering to the subject a composition in accordance with the invention. In certain embodiments, the method relates to treating a condition in a subject treatable by peptides or peptide- related compounds by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In certain embodiments, the conditions treatable by the method include, without limitation, pain, injuries, imflammation related conditions, microorganism related conditions, neuropeptide related conditions, hormone related conditions, tumor, abnormal blood pressure, obesity, brain injuries, allergy, male and female sexual dysfunction, metastasis, and other conditions relating to: tuftsin, antepartum, postpartum, anti-AD activities, antidiuretic activities, calcium homeostasis, melanocyte, hormone release, platelet aggregation, activities of CNS, and phagocytosis.
[0019] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of a HPP/HPC is administrated to a biological subject via various routes including, but not limited to, oral, enteral, buccal, nasal, topical, rectal, vaginal, aerosol, transmucosal, epidermal, transdermal, dermal, ophthalmic, pulmonary, subcutaneous, and/or parenteral routes. In certain preferred embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of HPP is administered orally, transdermal^, topically, subcutaneously and/or parenterally.
[0020] In accordance with the advantages of the invention, without intending to be limited by any particular mechanism, a therapeutically effective amount of a HPP or HPC can be administered locally to a site of condition with a less dosage at a higher concentration. The advantages of the invention also include, for example, avoidance of systematic administration, reduction of adverse effects (e.g., pain of injection, gastrointestinal/renal effects, and other side effect), and possible novel treatments due to high local concentration of a HPP, HPC or active agent. The advantages further include, for example, systematic administration of a HPP or HPC to a biological subject to achieve faster and more efficient bioavailability, penetration of biological barriers (e.g., the blood brain barrier) which have been difficult to cross, and new indications as a result of passing through biological barriers.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0021] Figure 1 : Structures of Structure 2, Structure 3, Structure 4, Structure 5, Structure 6, Structure 7, Structure 8, Structure 9, Structure 10, Structure 11 , Structure 12, Structure 13, Structure 14, Structure 15, Structure 16, Structure 17, Structure 18, Structure 19, Structure 20, Structure 21 , Structure 22, Structure 23, Structure 24, Structure 25, Structure 26, Structure 27, Structure 28, Structure 29, Structure 30, Structure 31 , Structure 32, Structure 33, Structure 34, Structure 35, Structure 36, Structure 37, Structure 38, Structure 39, Structure 40, Structure 41 , Structure 42, Structure 43, Structure 44, Structure 45, Structure 46, Structure 47, Structure 48, Structure 49, Structure 50, Structure 51 , Structure 52, Structure 53, Structure 54, Structure 55, Structure 56, Structure 57, Structure 58, Structure 59, Structure 60, Structure 61 , Structure 62, Structure 63, Structure 64, Structure 65, Structure 66, Structure 67, Structure 68, Structure 69, Structure 70, Structure 71 , Structure 72, Structure 73, Structure 74, Structure 75, Structure 76, Structure 77, Structure 78, Structure 79, Structure 80, Structure 81 , Structure 82, Structure 83, Structure 84, Structure 85, Structure 86, Structure 87, Structure 88, Structure 89, Structure 90, Structure 91 , Structure 92, Structure 93, Structure 94, Structure 95, Structure 96, Structure 97, Structure 98, Structure 99, Structure 100, Structure 101 , Structure 102, Structure 103, Structure 104, Structure 105, Structure 106, Structure 107, Structure 108, Structure 109, Structure 110, Structure 111 , Structure 112, Structure 113, Structure 114, Structure 115, Structure 116, Structure 117, Structure 118, Structure 119, Structure 120, Structure 121 , Structure 122, Structure 123, Structure 124, Structure 125, Structure 126, Structure 127, Structure 128, Structure 129, Structure 130, Structure 131 , Structure 132, Structure 133, Structure 134, Structure 135, Structure 136, Structure 137, Structure 138, Structure 139, Structure 140, Structure 141 , Structure 142, Structure 143, Structure 144, Structure 145, Structure 146, Structure 147, Structure 148, Structure 149, Structure 150, Structure 151 , Structure 152, Structure 153, Structure 154, Structure 155, Structure 156, Structure 157, Structure 158, Structure 159, Structure 160, Structure 161 , Structure 162, Structure 163, Structure 164, Structure 165, Structure 166, Structure 167, Structure 168, Structure 169, Structure 170, Structure 171 , Structure 172, Structure 173, Structure 174, Structure 175, Structure 176, Structure 177, Structure 178, Structure 179, Structure 180, Structure 181 , Structure 182, Structure 183, Structure 184, Structure 185, Structure 186, Structure 187, Structure 188, Structure 189, Structure 190, Structure 191 , Structure 192, Structure 193, Structure 194, Structure 195, Structure 196, Structure 197, Structure 198, Structure 199, Structure 200, Structure 201 , Structure 202, Structure 203, Structure 204, Structure 205, Structure 206, Structure 207, Structure 208, Structure 209, Structure 210, Structure 211 , Structure 212, Structure 213, Structure 214, Structure 215, Structure 216, Structure 217, Structure 218, Structure 219, Structure 220, Structure 221 , Structure 222, Structure 223, Structure 224, Structure 225, Structure 226, Structure 227, Structure 228, Structure 229, Structure 230, Structure 231 , Structure 232, Structure 233, Structure 234, Structure 235, Structure 236, Structure 237, Structure 238, Structure 239, Structure 240, Structure 241 , Structure 242, Structure 243, Structure 244, Structure 245, Structure 246, Structure 247, Structure 248, Structure 249, Structure 250, Structure 251 , Structure 252, Structure 253, Structure 254, Structure 255, Structure 256, Structure 257, Structure 258, Structure 259, Structure 260, Structure 261 , Structure 262, Structure 263, Structure 264, Structure 265, Structure 266, Structure 267, Structure 268, Structure 269, Structure 270, Structure 271 , Structure 272, Structure 273, Structure 274, Structure 275, Structure 276, Structure 277, Structure 278, Structure 279, Structure 280, Structure 281 , Structure 282, Structure 283, Structure 284, Structure 285, Structure 286, Structure 287, Structure 288, Structure 289, Structure 290, Structure 291 , Structure 292, Structure 293, Structure 294, Structure 295, Structure 296, Structure 297, Structure 298, Structure 299, Structure 300, Structure 301 , Structure 302, Structure 303, Structure 304, Structure 305, Structure 306, Structure 307, Structure 308, Structure 309, Structure 310, Structure 311 , Structure 312, Structure 313, Structure 314, Structure 315, Structure 316, Structure 317, Structure 318, Structure 319, Structure 320, Structure 321 , Structure 322, Structure 323, Structure 324, Structure 325, Structure 326, Structure 327, Structure 328, Structure 329, Structure 330, Structure 331 , Structure 332, Structure 333, Structure 334, Structure 335, Structure 336, Structure 337, Structure 338, Structure 339, Structure 340, Structure 341 , Structure 342, Structure 343, Structure 344, and Structure 345. [0022] Figure 2: Cumulative amounts of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met- OCHsCHsNtCHsCHs^HCI, HCI»(CH3)2NCH2CH2CH2CO-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met- OCH2CH2CH2CH3, cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys-
OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «HCI, cyclo(1 ,6)-H-Nle-Asp-His-D-Phe(4-l)-Arg(Ac)-Trp-Lys-
NH2 «HCI, cyclo(1 ,6)-H-Nle-Asp-His-D-Ala(2-naphthyl)-Arg(NO2)-Trp-Lys-NH2 «HCI, Ac- Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «HCI, Ac-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH, cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys-OH, cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-D-Phe(4-l)- Arg-Trp-Lys-NH2, and H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg-OH, crossing isolated human skin tissue in Franz cells (n=5). In each case, the vehicle was pH 7.4 phosphate buffer (0.2 M).
[0023] DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
I. Structures of a high penetration prodrug (HPP) or high penetration composition (HPC) of a peptide or peptide-related compound.
[0024] One aspect of the invention is directed to a high penetration prodrug (HPP) or a high penetration composition (HPC). The term "high penetration prodrug" or "HPP" or "high penetration composition" or "HPC" as used herein refers to a composition comprising a functional unit covalently linked to a transportational unit through a linker.
[0025] A functional unit of a HPP/HPC which comprises a moiety of a parent drug has the properties of: 1 ) the delivery of the parent drug or the HPP/HPC into a biological subject and/or the transportation of the parent drug across a biological barrier are/is desired, 2) the HPP/HPC is capable of penetrating or crossing a biological barrier, and 3) the HPP/HPC is capable of being cleaved so as to turn the moiety of a parent drug into the parent drug or a metabolite of the parent drug.
[0026] In certain embodiments, a functional unit may be hydrophilic, lipophilic, or amphiphilic (hydrophilic and lipophilic). The lipophilic moiety of the functional unit may be inherent or achieved by converting one or more hydrophilic moieties of the functional unit to lipophilic moieties. For example, a lipophilic moiety of a functional unit is produced by converting one or more hydrophilic groups of the functional unit to lipophilic groups via organic synthesis. Examples of hydrophilic groups include, without limitation, carboxylic, hydroxyl, thiol, amine, phosphate/phosphonate and carbonyl groups. Lipophilic moieties produced via the modification of these hydrophilic groups include, without limitation, ethers, thioethers, esters, thioesters, carbonates, carbamates, amides, phosphates and oximes. In certain embodiments, a functional unit is lipophilicized by acetylation. In certain embodiments, a functional unit is lipophilicized by esterification.
[0027] In certain embodiments, a parent drug of a HPP or HPC is selected from the group consisting of a peptide and a peptide-related compound. The moiety of a peptide or peptide-related compound can be further converted to a lipophilic moiety as described supra. As used herein, the term "peptide HPP/HPC" refers to a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound. As used herein, the term "peptide HPPs/HPCs" refers to HPPs or HPCs of peptides or peptide-related compounds.
[0028] Peptides are well known in the art and are used in connection with various conditions. As used herein, a peptide refers to a sequence of amino acids, wherein the sequence length is about 2 to about 50 amino acids. For example, a peptide may comprise 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more amino acids. A peptide may comprise both D-amino acids and/or L-amino acids.
[0029] An amino acid is a compound comprising both amine and carboxyl functional groups. The carbon atom next to the carbonyl group of a carboxyl functional group is called the alpha-carbon. Amino acids with a side chain bonded to an alpha- carbon are referred to as alpha amino acids. In amino acids that have an amino group and a carbon chain attached to the alph-carbon, the carbons are labeled in order as alpha, beta, gamma, and so on from the carbonyl carbon. An amino acid which has the amino group attached to the beta or gamma-carbon is referred to as beta or gamma amino acid respectively, and so on.
[0030] An alpha amino acid is an amino acid which has amino and carboxylate groups bonded to the same carbon (the alpha carbon). The alpha carbon is one atom away from the carboxylate group. An alpha amino acid has a structure of Structure 1 :
H2NCHR1COOH
Structure 1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
[0031] In certain embodiments, an amino acid has Structure 1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R' is selected from the group consisting of H-, CH3, HN=C(NH2)-NH-(CH2)3-, H2N-CO-CH2-, HOOC-CH2-, HS-CH2-, H2N-CO-(CH2)2-, HS-(CH2J2-, HOOC- (CHz)2-, CH3-CH2-CH(CH3)-, (CH3)2CH-CH2-, H2N-(CH2)4-, CH3-S-(CH2),-, Phenyl-CH2-, HO-CH2-, CH3-CH(OH)-, 4-OH-Phenyl-CH2-, CH3-CH(CH3)-,
Figure imgf000011_0001
derivatives thereof.
[0032] Examples of alpha amino acid include, without limitation, alanine (Ala), arginine (Arg), asparagine (Asn), aspartic acid (Asp), cysteine (Cys), glutamic acid (GIu), glutamine (GIn), glycine (GIy), histidine (His), homocysteine (Hey), homoserine (Hse), isoleucine (lie), leucine (Leu), lysine (Lys), methionine (Met), norleucine (NIe), norvaline (Nva), ornithine (Orn), penicillamine (Pen), phenylalanine (Phe), proline (Pro), serine (Ser), tyrosine (Thr), threonine (Trp), tryptophan (Tyr), valine (VaI), pyroglutamic acid (pGLU), dinitrobenzylated lysine (dnp-LYS}, phosphorylated threonine (pTHR}, phosphorylated serine (pSER), phosphorylated tyrosine (pTYR), citrulline (CIT), N- methylated alanine (nme-ALA), N-methylated isoleucine (nme-ILE), N-methylated leucine (nme-LEU), N-methylated phenylalanine (nme-PHE), N-methylated valine (nme- VAL), N-methylated serine (nme-SER), N-methylated threonine (nme-THR), N- methylated tyrosine (nme-TYR), alpha amino-butyhc acid (alpha-ABA), iso-aspartic acid (iso-ASP), acetylated lysine (Ac-LYS), 2-methyl alanine (2-Me-ALA) and oxamic Acid (OXA).
[0033] A beta amino acid is an amino acid which has an amino group bonded to the beta carbon which is the second carbons away from the carboxylate group. Examples of beta amino acid include, without limitation, beta-alanine (β-Ala), beta- arginine (β-Arg), beta-asparagine (β-Asn), beta-aspartic acid (β-Asp), beta-cysteine (β- Cys), beta-glutamic acid (β-Glu), beta-glutamine (β-GIn), beta-histidine (β-His), beta- isoleucine (β-lle), beta-leucine (β-Leu), beta-lysine (β-Lys), beta-methionine (β-Met), beta-phenylalanine (β-Phe), beta-proline (β-Pro), beta-serine (β-Ser), beta-tyrosine (β- Thr), beta-threonine (β-Trp), beta-tryptophan (β-Tyr) and beta-valine (β-Val).
[0034] A gamma amino acid is an amino acid which has an amino group bonded to the gamma carbon which is the third carbons away from the carboxylate group. Examples of gamma amino acid include, without limitation, gamma-glutamic acid (y- GLU).
[0035] A peptide-related compound is a compound comprising a peptide structure, a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into a peptide or peptide metabolite after a peptide HPP/HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers. A peptide-related compound further includes a compound that is an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, or an agent that can be metabolized into an analog or mimic of a peptide or a peptide metabolite, after a peptide HPP/HPC penetrates one or more biological barriers.
[0036] Examples of peptides and peptide-related compounds include, but are not limited to, peptide hormones, neuropeptides, alkaloids, anti-microbial peptides, anti- inflammation peptides, peptide toxins, regulation peptides, calcium binding peptides, peptide vaccines and peptide mimics. [0037] Peptide hormones are a class of peptides that have endocrine functions in living animals. Peptide hormones are also identified in plants with important roles in cell-to-cell communication and plant defense. Peptide hormones are produced by various organs and tissues, e.g. heart (atrial-natriuretic peptide (ANP), atrial natriuretic factor (ANF)), pancreas (e.g. insulin, enterostatin, somatostatin), the gastrointestinal tract (cholecystokinin, gastrin (e.g. gastrin-34, gastrin-17 and gastrin-14), opioid peptides (e.g. Met-enkephalin, Leu-enkephalin, H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL, and H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH), cholecystokinin, secretin, motilin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, and enteroglucagon), adipose tissue stores (e.g. leptin), pituitary (e.g. luteinizing hormone, follicle-stimulating hormone, prolactin, adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH), growth hormone, antidiuretic hormone, oxytocin, Melanocortin (e.g. Melanocortin M)), thyroid (e.g. calcitonin), spleen (e.g. tuftsin), brain (e.g. oxytocin, dynorphin), liver (e.g. angiotensin, angiotensin I and angiotensin II), endothelium (e.g. endothelin). Other examples of peptide hormone include, without limitation, thyrotropin- releasing hormone (TRH) and bradykinin.
[0038] Neuropeptides are peptides that are found in neural tissues that are involved in regulatory and signaling processes. Examples of neuropeptides include, without limitation, neurotransimtters (e.g. N-Acetylaspartylglutamic acid, gastrin, cholecycstokinin, neuropeptide Y, vasopressin, oxytocin, secretin, Substance P, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), opioids (e.g. enkephalin, dynorphin, endorphin), galanin, neurotensin, TRH, atrial-natriuretic peptide.
[0039] Alkaloids are peptides usually from plants, fungi and some animals such as shellfish. Alkaloids involved into defend of one organism from consuming by other organisms. Examples of alkaloids include, without limitation, ergotamine, pandamine, dynorphin A-(1-8)-octapeptide, N beta-(D-l_eu-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-l_eu-D-Phe)-naltrexamine.
[0040] Anti-microbial peptides are peptides that inhibit the growth of microorganisms, such as bacterial cells, fungi and protozoa. Examples of anti-microbial peptides include, without limitation, bacitracin, gramicidin, valinomicin, competence stimulating peptides, tachyplesins, histatin peptides and the derivatives thereof, [0041] Examples of anti-inflammation peptides are peptides having sequences of Seq ID: 47, Seq ID: 48, and Seq ID: 49. (Table A)
[0042] Peptide toxins are peptides that are poisonous. Examples of peptide toxins are palutoxins, agatoxins and curtatoxins.
[0043] Regulation peptides are peptides that regulate one or more processes in an biological subject. Examples of regulation peptides include, without limitation, anserine and carnosine.
[0044] Other examples of peptides and peptide-related compounds include calcium binding peptides, peptide vaccines [e.g. p45(IEIGLEGKGFEPTLE ALFGK) and p210 (KTTKQSFDLS VKAQY KKNKH)] and peptide mimics (e.g. α-helix mimics and β-sheet mimics).
[0045] In certain embodiments, a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 :
Figure imgf000014_0001
Structure F-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: each Ai-Am is independently selected from the group consisting of 2- naphthylalanine, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues and Structure A:
Figure imgf000015_0001
Structure A; p of each Ai-Am is an independently selected integer;
ZA-I on each carbon of each Ai-Am, ZA-2 for each Ai-Am, ZNτ, ZCτ-i,and ZCτ-2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
RA on each carbon of each Ai-Am, RNτ and RCT are selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups; when a p of a Ai-Am is an integer no less than 2, RA on each carbon can be the same or different, ZA-i on each carbon can be the same or different; an amino and a carboxyl functional group on a peptide chain may further form lactam bridges; and a thiol group may further form disulfide bridges.
[0046] In certain embodiments, a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein a RA of a Ai-Am may be further lipophilicized by acetylation or esterification. [0047] In certain embodiments, a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein m is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 ... and 100.
[0048] In certain embodiments, the functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein p is 1 , 2, or 3.
[0049] In certain embodiments, the functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a moiety having a structure of Structure F-1 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: p is 1 , 2 or 3;
ZA-i on each carbon of each Ai-Am, ZA-2 for each Ai-Am, ZNτ, ZCτ-i,and ZCτ-2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
RA,on each carbon of each Ai-Am, RNτ and RCT are selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups; when a p of a Ai-Am is an integer no less than 2, RA on each carbon can be the same or different, ZA-I on each carbon can be the same or different; an amino and an carboxyl functional group on a peptide chain may further form lactam bridges; and a thiol group may further form disulfide bridges.
[0050] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means those salts of compounds of the invention that are safe for application in a subject. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of acidic or basic groups present in compounds of the invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, but are not limited to, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzensulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1 ,11- methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Certain compounds of the invention can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids. Suitable base salts include, but are not limited to, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and diethanolamine salts. For a review on pharmaceutically acceptable salts see BERGE ET AL., 66 J. PHARM. SCI. 1 - 19 (1 977), incorporated herein by reference.
[0051] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkyl" means a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent or multivalent hydrocarbon group, including saturated alkyl groups, alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups. Examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, dodecenyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, dodecynyl, methylene, ethylene, propylene, isopropylene, butylene, isobutylene, t-butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, undecylene and dodecylene. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 30 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 20 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 12 carbons. [0052] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "cycloalkyl" means an alkyl which contains at least one ring and no aromatic rings. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl and cyclododecyl. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon chain contains 1 to 30 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 20 carbons. In certain embodiments, the hydrocarbon group contains 1 to 12 carbons.
[0053] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "heterocycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl wherein at least one ring atom is a non-carbon atom. Examples of the non-carbon ring atom include, but are not limited to, S, O and N.
[0054] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkoxyl" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more oxygen atoms. Examples of alkoxyl include, but are not limited to, -CH2-OH, -OCH3, -O-alkyl, -alkyl-OH, -alkyl-O-alkyl-, wherein the two alkyls can be the same or different.
[0055] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkyl halide" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more halogen atoms, wherein the halogen atoms can be the same or different. The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Examples of alkyl halide include, but are not limited to, -alkyl-F, -alkyl-CI, -alkyl-Br, -alkyl-l, -alkyl(F)-, -alkyl(CI)-, -alkyl(Br)- and - alkyl(l)-.
[0056] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkylthio" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more sulfur atoms. Examples of alkylthio include, but are not limited to, -CH2-SH, -SCH3, -S-alkyl, -alkyl-SH, -alkyl-S-alkyl-, wherein the two alkyls can be the same or different.
[0057] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkylamino" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more nitrogen atoms. Examples of alkylamino include, but are not limited to, -CH2-NH, -ISICH3, -N(alkyl)-alkyl, - N-alkyl, -alkyl-NH2, -alkyl-N-alkyl and -alkyl-N(alkyl)-alkyl wherein the alkyls can be the same or different. [0058] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkylcarbonyl" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more carbonyl groups. Examples of alkylcarbonyl group include, but are not limited to, aldehyde group (-R- C(O)-H), ketone group (-R-C(O)-R'), carboxylic acid group (R-COOH), ester group (-R- COO-R'), carboxamide, (-R-COO-N(R')R"), enone group (-R-C(O)-C(R')=C(R")R'"), acyl halide group (-R-C(O)-X) and acid anhydride group (-R-C(O)-O-C(O)-R'), wherein R, R', R" and R'" are the same or different alkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl.
[0059] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "perfluoroalkyl" means an alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, which contains one or more fluoro group, including, without limitation, perfluoromethyl, perfluoroethyl, perfluoropropyl.
[0060] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "aryl" means a chemical structure comprising one or more aromatic rings. In certain embodiments, the ring atoms are all carbon. In certain embodiments, one or more ring atoms are non- carbon, e.g. oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur ("heteroaryl"). Examples of aryl include, without limitation, phenyl, benzyl, naphthalenyl, anthracenyl, pyridyl, quinoyl, isoquinoyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinazolinyl, pyhdazinyl, cinnolinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, purinyl, indolyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, thiaxolyl, quanidino and benzothiazolyl.
[0061] In certain embodiments, a transportational unit of a HPP/HPC comprises a protonatable amine group that is capable of facilitating the transportation or crossing of the HPP/HPC through one or more biological barriers (e.g., > about 10 times, > about 50 times, > about 100 times, > about 300 times, > about 500 times, > about 1 ,000 times faster than the parent drug). In certain embodiments, the protonatable amine group is substantially protonated at a physiological pH. In certain embodiments, the amine group can be reversibly protonated. In certain embodiments, the transportational unit may or may not be cleaved from the functional unit after the penetration of HPP/HPC through one or more biological barriers. In certain embodiments, the transportational unit may be from the functional unit, especially for peptides or peptide-related compounds that have at least a free amino group. In certain embodiments, when there are more than one protonatable group in a peptide or peptide-related compound, the peptide or peptide-related compound is modified so that only one or two protonatable amine groups are left, and all other protonatable groups are protected.
[0062] In certain embodiments, the protonatable amine group is selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted primary amine groups, pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted secondary amine groups, and pharmaceutically acceptable substituted and unsubstituted tertiary amine groups.
[0063] In certain embodiments, the protonatable amine group is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Structure Na Structure Nb
Figure imgf000020_0002
Structure Nc Structure Nd
Figure imgf000021_0001
Structure Ne Structure Nf
Figure imgf000021_0002
Structure Ng Structure Nh
Figure imgf000021_0003
Structure Ni
Figure imgf000021_0005
Figure imgf000021_0004
Structure Nk Structure Nl
Figure imgf000022_0001
Structure Nm Structure Nn
Figure imgf000022_0002
Structure No Structure Np
Figure imgf000022_0003
Structure Nq Structure Nr including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0064] As used herein, unless specified otherwise, each Rn-Riβ is independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH2COORi i, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NRn, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups.
[0065] In certain embodiments, a linker covalently linking a functional unit and a transportational unit of a HPP/HPC comprises a bond that is capable of being cleaved after the HPP/HPC penetrates across one or more BBs. The cleavable bond comprises, for example, a covalent bond, an ether, thioether, amide, ester, thioester, carbonate, carbamate, phosphate or oxime bond.
[0066] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC has the following Structure L-1 :
I-2N L1 N L1 C L2C
Structure L-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F is a functional unit of a peptide HPP/HPC. Examples of F include Structure F-1 as defined supra;
Tc and TN are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra;
L1C and L1N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, N(L3), -N(Ls)-CH2-O, -N(L3)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O-CH(L3)-O, and -S-CH(L3)-O-;
L2c and L2N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, N(L3), -N(L3)-CH2-O, -N(L3)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O-CH(L3)-O, -S-CH(L3)-O-, -O- L3-, -N-L3-, -S-L3-, -N(Ls)-L5- and L3; Uc and L4N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing,
Figure imgf000024_0001
for each Lie, LiN, L2C, L2N, L4C and L4N, L3 and L5 are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH2COOL6, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NL3, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups;
L6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, Cl, F, Br, I, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, N, P(O)OL6, CH=CH, C≡C, CHL6, CL6L7, aryl, heteroaryl, or cyclic groups; and
L7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, Cl, F, Br, I, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, N, P(O)OL6, CH=CH, C≡C, CHL6, CL6L7, aryl, heteroaryl, or cyclic groups. [0067] In certain embodiments, a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound comprises the structure of Structure L-1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F, Lie, LIN, L2C, L2N, Tc and TN are defined as supra; and L4C and/or L4N are/is C=O.
[0068] In certain embodiments, a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound comprises the structure of Structure L-1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F, Lie, LIN, L20, L2N, L40 and L4N are defined as supra;
Tc is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC. For example, Tc is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
TN is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
[0069] In certain embodiments, a HPP or HPC of a peptide or peptide-related compound comprises the structure of Structure L-1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F, Lie, LIN, L20, L2N, L40 and L4N are defined as supra;
TN is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC. For example, TN is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and Tc is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
[0070] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC has the following Structure L-2:
Figure imgf000026_0001
Structure L-2 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: each Ai-Am is independently selected from the group consisting of 2-naphthylalanine, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues, Structure A and Structure B:
Figure imgf000026_0002
Structure A Structure B; p of each Ai-Am is an independently selected integer; TB of each Ai-Am, T0 and TN are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra;
LIB of each Ai-Am, Lie and l_iN are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L3)-, -N(Ls)-CH2-O, -N(L3)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O- CH(L3)-O, and -S-CH(L3)-O-;
L26 of each Ai-Am, L2C and L2N are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L3)-, -N(L3)-CH2-O, -N(L3)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O- CH(L3)-O, -S-CH(Ls)-O-, -0-L3-, -N-L3-, -S-L3-, -N(L3)-L5- and L3;
L46 of each Ai-Am, L4C and L4N are independently selected from the group o
OL3 Il
-OU N' -o- ■u-
consisting of C=O, C=S, c U , and 0L3 ;
L3 and L5 are defined the same as supra;
ZA-I on each carbon of each Ai-Am, ZA-2 for each Ai-Am, ZNτ, ZCτ-i,and ZCτ-2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
RA on each carbon of each Ai-Am, R6 on each carbon of each Ai-Am, RNτ and RCT are independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups; when a p of a Ai-Am is an integer no less than 2, RA or R6 on each carbon can be the same or different, ZA-i on each carbon can be the same or different; an amino and an carboxyl functional group on a peptide chain may further form lactam bridges; and a thiol group may further form disulfide bridges. Examples of peptide HPPs/HPCs.
[0071] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC includes a compound having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structure 2, Structure 3, Structure 4,
Structure 5, Structure 6, Structure 7, Structure 8, Structure 9, Structure 10, Structure 11 ,
Structure 12, Structure 13, Structure 14, Structure 15, Structure 16, Structure 17,
Structure 18, Structure 19, Structure 20, Structure 21 , Structure 22, Structure 23,
Structure 24, Structure 25, Structure 26, Structure 27, Structure 28, Structure 29,
Structure 30, Structure 31 , Structure 32, Structure 33, Structure 34, Structure 35,
Structure 36, Structure 37, Structure 38, Structure 39, Structure 40, Structure 41 ,
Structure 42, Structure 43, Structure 44, Structure 45, Structure 46, Structure 47,
Structure 48, Structure 49, Structure 50, Structure 51 , Structure 52, Structure 53,
Structure 54, Structure 55, Structure 56, Structure 57, Structure 58, Structure 59,
Structure 60, Structure 61 , Structure 62, Structure 63, Structure 64, Structure 65,
Structure 66, Structure 67, Structure 68, Structure 69, Structure 70, Structure 71 ,
Structure 72, Structure 73, Structure 74, Structure 75, Structure 76, Structure 77,
Structure 78, Structure 79, Structure 80, Structure 81 , Structure 82, Structure 83,
Structure 84, Structure 85, Structure 86, Structure 87, Structure 88, Structure 89, Structure 90, Structure 91 , Structure 92, Structure 93, Structure 94, Structure 95, Structure 96, Structure 97, Structure 98, Structure 99, Structure 100, Structure 101 , Structure 102, Structure 103, Structure 104, Structure 105, Structure 106, Structure 107, Structure 108, Structure 109, Structure 110, Structure 111 , Structure 112, Structure 113, Structure 114, Structure 115, Structure 116, Structure 117, Structure 118, Structure 119, Structure 120, Structure 121 , Structure 122, Structure 123, Structure 124, Structure 125, Structure 126, Structure 127, Structure 128, Structure 129, Structure 130, Structure 131 , Structure 132, Structure 133, Structure 134, Structure 135, Structure 136, Structure 137, Structure 138, Structure 139, Structure 140, Structure 141 , Structure 142, Structure 143, Structure 144, Structure 145, Structure 146, Structure 147, Structure 148, Structure 149, Structure 150, Structure 151 , Structure 152, Structure 153, Structure 154, Structure 155, Structure 156, Structure 157, Structure 158, Structure 159, Structure 160, Structure 161 , Structure 162, Structure 163, Structure 164, Structure 165, Structure 166, Structure 167, Structure 168, Structure 169, Structure 170, Structure 171 , Structure 172, Structure 173, Structure 174, Structure 175, Structure 176, Structure 177, Structure 178, Structure 179, Structure 180, Structure 181 , Structure 182, Structure 183, Structure 184, Structure 185, Structure 186, Structure 187, Structure 188, Structure 189, Structure 190, Structure 191 , Structure 192, Structure 193, Structure 194, Structure 195, Structure 196, Structure 197, Structure 198, Structure 199, Structure 200, Structure 201 , Structure 202, Structure 203, Structure 204, Structure 205, Structure 206, Structure 207, Structure 208, Structure 209, Structure 210, Structure 211 , Structure 212, Structure 213, Structure 214, Structure 215, Structure 216, Structure 217, Structure 218, Structure 219, Structure 220, Structure 221 , Structure 222, Structure 223, Structure 224, Structure 225, Structure 226, Structure 227, Structure 228, Structure 229, Structure 230, Structure 231 , Structure 232, Structure 233, Structure 234, Structure 235, Structure 236, Structure 237, Structure 238, Structure 239, Structure 240, Structure 241 , Structure 242, Structure 243, Structure 244, Structure 245, Structure 246, Structure 247, Structure 248, Structure 249, Structure 250, Structure 251 , Structure 252, Structure 253, Structure 254, Structure 255, Structure 256, Structure 257, Structure 258, Structure 259, Structure 260, Structure 261 , Structure 262, Structure 263, Structure 264, Structure 265, Structure 266, Structure 267, Structure 268, Structure 269, Structure 270, Structure 271 , Structure 272, Structure 273, Structure 274, Structure 275, Structure 276, Structure 277, Structure 278, Structure 279, Structure 280, Structure 281, Structure 282, Structure 283, Structure 284, Structure 285, Structure 286, Structure 287, Structure 288, Structure 289, Structure 290, Structure 291 , Structure 292, Structure 293, Structure 294, Structure 295, Structure 296, Structure 297, Structure 298, Structure 299, Structure 300, Structure 301 , Structure 302, Structure 303, Structure 304, Structure 305, Structure 306, Structure 307, Structure 308, Structure 309, Structure 310, Structure 311 , Structure 312, Structure 313, Structure 314, Structure 315, Structure 316, Structure 317, Structure 318, Structure 319, Structure 320, Structure 321 , Structure 322, Structure 323, Structure 324, Structure 325, Structure 326, Structure 327, Structure 328, Structure 329, Structure 330, Structure 331 , Structure 332, Structure 333, Structure 334, Structure 335, Structure 336, Structure 337, Structure 338, Structure 339, Structure 340, Structure 341 , Structure 342, Structure 343, Structure 344, and Structure 345 as shown in Figure 1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
X, X4, X5, Xe, X7, Xe, X9, X10, X21, X22, X23, X24, X25, X26, and X27 are independently selected from the group consisting of C=O1C=S, COO, CSO, CH2OCO, COOCH2OCO, COCH2OCO, CH2-O-CH(CH2OR4)2, CH2-O-CH(CH2OCOR4)2, SO2, PO(OR), NO2, NO, O, S, NR5, and nothing;
Ri , R2, R4, R5, RΘ, R7, Re, R9, R10, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, and R27 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, O, NO2, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues; as used herein, unless specified otherwise, the term "HA" is nothing or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, e.g. hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, bisulfic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, phosphonic acid, isonicotinic acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, pantothenic acid, bitartahc acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, gentisinic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccharic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzensulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid or pamoic acid; and
Ar is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2'-naphthyl, 4-iodophenyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues.
[0072] The corresponding parent peptides of peptide HPPs/HPCs having structure of Structures 2-343 are listed below in Tables A (I) and (II) :
Table A. Parent peptide of peptide HPPs/HPCs having structure of Structures 2-345
(I)
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
(H)
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0073] The structures of the unusual amino acids (Xaa1 , Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4, Xaa5, Xaa7, Xaa9, Xaa13, Xaa14, Xaa15, Xaa17, Xaa19, Xaa21 , Xaa22, Xaa23, Xaa24, Xaa25, and Xaa26) appeared in SEQ ID NO. 1 -172 are listed in Table B:
Table B. Unusual amino acids appeared in SEQ ID NO. 1-172
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
[0074] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC includes a compound having a structure selected from the group consisting of Structures 2-345 as defined supra, including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
HA, Ar, X, X4, X5, X6, X/, X8, X9, Xio, X21, X22, X23, X24, X25, X26, and X27 are defined the same as supra;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
Ri , R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, Re, R9, R10, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, and R27 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, O, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted 1-20 carbon alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
[0075] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC comprises a structure selected form the group consisting of Structure 1a, Structure 1 b, Structure 1c, Structure 1d, Structure 1e, Structure 1f, Structure 1g, and Structure 1 h:
Figure imgf000078_0001
Structure 1 a
Figure imgf000078_0002
Structure 1 b
Figure imgf000079_0001
Structure 1c
Figure imgf000079_0002
Structure 1e
Figure imgf000080_0001
Structure 1f
Figure imgf000080_0002
Structure 1g
Figure imgf000081_0001
Structure 1 h including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X4, X5, Xe, X7, Xe, X9, R4, R5, Re, R7, Re, R9, and HA are defined the same as supra. Solid-phase synthesis of peptide HPP/HPC
[0076] Shorter peptides (<10 amino acids) can be synthesized by solution phase synthesis, but it is very difficult for the synthesis of long peptides by solution phase. HPPs/HPCs of peptides in the present disclosure are modified peptides and cannot be synthesized by standard solid-phase peptide synthesis method (from C-terminal to N- terminal).
[0077] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC is synthesized from N-terminal to C-terminal, wherein the synthesis method comprises the following steps:
[0078] A method of preparing a peptide HPC using solid-phase synthesis comprising:
a) providing a chemically modified resin (e.g. trityl chloride resin and carbonate ester resin);
b) protecting the carboxylic group of all the natural or modified amino acid residues as desired according to the peptide HPC with a protecting group (e.g. 2- (4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group and 9-fluorenyl methyl group) to provide a COOH- protected amino acid residue;
c) coupling the COOH -protected amino acid residue at the N- terminal of the peptide HPC to the chemically modified resin to provide an immobilized COOH -protected peptide HPC precursor having one amino acid residue;
d) deprotecting the protected carboxylic group of the immobilized COOH -protected peptide HPC precursor using deprotecting reagents (e.g. 1% DBU/20% piperidine/79% DMF, or other reagents that can deprotect the protected carboxylic group); to provide an immobilized COOH -unprotected peptide HPC precursor having one amino acid residue;
e) repeating steps c) and d) using the COOH-protected amino acid residue of the peptide HPC until an immobilized C-unprotected peptide HPC precursor having all amino acid residues except for the C-terminal amino acid residue is provided; f) linking a C-terminal amino acid residue with linking a C-terminal amino acid residue with Rτ via covalent bond to provide a modified C-terminal amino acid wherein Rτ is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, and transportational unit selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra;
g) coupling the modified C-terminal amino acid to the immobilized C- unprotected peptide HPC precursor obtained from step e) to provide an immobilized peptide HPC; and h) releasing the immobilized peptide HPC from the resin to provide the peptide HPC.
[0079] In certain embodiments, a chemically modified resin can be coupled directly with the protected amino acid, or a chemically modified resin can be further modified first and then couple with the COOH-protected amino acid;
[0080] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC comprising a transportational unit on the C-terminal amino acid is prepared by coupling to the peptide chain the C- terminal amino acid wherein the carboxylic group is linked to a transportational unit as described supra. For example, the transportational unit is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
[0081] In certain embodiments, a peptide HP/HPC comprising a transportational unit on the C-terminal amino acid is prepared by coupling to the peptide chain the C- terminal amino acid wherein the carboxylic group is protected, deprotecting the carboxylic group, and finally coupling to a transportational unit. For example, the transportational unit is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
[0082] In certain embodiments, releasing the peptide HPP/HPC is accomplished with high yield. For example, in certain embodiments, the resin is a trityl chloride resin wherein the releasing step can be accomplished by reacting with TFA/DCM (e.g. 5%). In certain embodiments, the resin is a carbonate ester resin, and the releasing step can be accomplished by reacting with Pd-C (e.g. 10% in methanol) and H2.
[0083] In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of coupling reagents. Examples of coupling reagents include, without limitation, HBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, TBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, BOP/DIPEA/HOBt, HATU/DIPEA/HOBt, and DIC/HOB, and combinations thereof. [0084] As used herein, unless defined otherwise: "DBU" means 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene; "DMF" means dimethylformamide; "DIPEA" means N,N-diisopropylethylamine;
"HBTU" means O-Benzotriazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium-hexafluoro- phosphate;
"HOBt" means 1-hydroxylbenzotriazole;
"TBTU" means O-Benzothazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium-tetrafluoroborate;
"BOP" means benzotriazole-1 -yl-N-oxy-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate;
"HATU" means N-[(dimethylamino)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridino-1 - ylmethylene]-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate N-oxide;
"DIC" means diisopropylcarbodiimide; and "TFA" means thfluroacetic acido
II. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising HPPs/HPCs
[0085] Another aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one peptide HPP/HPC and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0086] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a HPP/HPC from one location, body fluid, tissue, organ (interior or exterior), or portion of the body, to another location, body fluid, tissue, organ, or portion of the body.
[0087] Each carrier is "pharmaceutically acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients, e.g., a HPP/HPC, of the formulation and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of a biological system without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0088] Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers include: (1 ) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11 ) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) alcohol, such as ethyl alcohol and propane alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21 ) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations such as acetone.
[0089] The pharmaceutical compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like.
[0090] In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is an aqueous carrier, e.g. buffered saline and the like. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a polar solvent, e.g. water, acetone and alcohol.
[0091] The concentration of HPP/HPC in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the biological system's needs. For example, the concentration can be 0.0001 % to 100%, 0.001 % to 50%, 0.01 % to 30%, 0.1 % to 10% wt.
[0092] The compositions of the invention can be administered for prophylactic, therapeutic, and/or hygienic use. Such administration can be topical, mucosal, e.g., oral, nasal, vaginal, rectal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, via inhalation, ophthalmic and other convenient routes. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a variety of unit dosage forms depending upon the method of administration. For example, unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration include powder, tablets, pills, capsules and lozenges.
[0093] Thus, a typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous administration would be about 10~10 g to about 100 g, about 10~10 g to about 10~3 g, about 10~9 g to about 10~6 g, about 10~6 g to about 100 g, about 0.001 g to about 100 g, about 0.01 g to about 10 g, or about 0.01 g to about 1 g per subject per day. Dosages from about 0.01 mg, up to about 50 g, per subject per day may be used. Actual methods for preparing parenterally administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1980).
III. Applications of HPPs/HPCs
[0094] i) Methods for penetrating a biological barrier.
[0095] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in penetrating one or more biological barriers in a biological subject. The method comprises a step of administering to a biological subject a HPP/HPC or a peptide or peptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In certain embodiments, a HPP/HPC exhibits more than about 10 times or higher, 50 times or higher, > about 100 times or higher, > about 200 time higher, >about 300 times or higher, >about 500 times or higher, >about 1 ,000 times or higher penetration rate through one or more biological barriers than its parent drug.
[0096] The term "biological barrier" as used herein refers to a biological layer that separates an environment into different spatial areas or compartments, which separation is capable of modulating (e.g. restricting, limiting, enhancing or taking no action in) the passing through, penetrating or translocation of substance or matter from one compartment/area to another. The different spatial areas or compartments as referred to herein may have the same or different chemical or biological environment(s). The biological layer as referred herein includes, but is not limited to, a biological membrane, a cell layer, a biological structure, an inner surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities, an external surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities, or any combination or plurality thereof.
[0097] Examples of a biological membrane include a lipid bilayer structure, eukaryotic cell membrane, prokaryotic cell membrane, and intracellular membrane (e.g., nucleus or organelle membrane, such as membrane or envelope of Golgi apparatus, rough and smooth endoplasmic reticulum (ER), ribosomes, vacuoles, vesicles, liposomes, mitochondria, lysosome, nucleus, chloroplasts, plastids, peroxisomes or microbodies).
[0098] The lipid bilayer referred to herein is a double layer of lipid-class molecules, including, but not limited to, phospholipids and cholesterol. In a particular embodiment, lipids for bilayer are amphiphilic molecules consisting of polar head groups and non- polar fatty acid tails. The bilayer is composed of two layers of lipids arranged so that their hydrocarbon tails face one another to form an oily core held together by the hydrophobic effect, while their charged heads face the aqueous solutions on either side of the membrane. In another particular embodiment, the lipid bilayer may contain one or more embedded protein and/or sugar molecule(s).
[0099] Examples of a cell layer include a lining of eukaryotic cells (e.g., epithelium, lamina propria and smooth muscle or muscularis mucosa (in gastrointestinal tract)), a lining of prokaryotic cells (e.g., surface layer or S-layer which refers to a two dimensional structure monomolecular layer composed of identical proteins or glycoproteins, specifically, an S-layer refers to a part of a cell envelope commonly found in bacteria and archaea), a biofilm (a structured community of microorganisms encapsulated within a self-developed polymeric matrix and adherent to a living or inert surface), and a plant cell layer (e.g., empidermis). The cells may be normal cells or pathological cells (e.g. disease cells, cancer cells).
[00100] Examples of biological structures include structures sealed by tight or occluding junctions which provide a barrier to the entry of toxins, bacteria and viruses, e.g. the blood milk barrier and the blood brain barrier (BBB). In particular, BBB is composed of an impermeable class of endothelium, which presents both a physical barrier through tight junctions adjoining neighboring endothelial cells and a transport barrier comprised of efflux transporters. The biological structure may also include a mixture of cells, proteins and sugars (e.g. blood clots).
[00101] Examples of the inner surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities include buccal mucosa, esophageal mucosa, gastric mucosa, intestinal mucosa, olfactory mucosa, oral mucosa, bronchial mucosa, uterine mucosa and endometrium (the mucosa of the uterus, inner layer of the wall of a pollen grain or the inner wall layer of a spore), or a combination or plurality thereof.
[00102] Examples of the external surface of subjects, organisms, organs or body cavities include capillaries (e.g. capillaries in the heart tissue), mucous membranes that are continuous with skin (e.g. such as at the nostrils, the lips, the ears, the genital area, and the anus), outer surface of an organ (e.g. liver, lung, stomach, brain, kidney, heart, ear, eye, nose, mouth, tongue, colon, pancreas, gallbladder, duodenum, rectum stomach, colonrectum, intestine, vein, respiratory system, vascular, the anorectum and pruritus ani), skin, cuticle (e.g. dead layers of epidermal cells or keratinocytes or superficial layer of overlapping cells covering the hair shaft of an animal, a multi-layered structure outside the epidermis of many invertebrates, plant cuticles or polymers cutin and/or cutan), external layer of the wall of a pollen grain or the external wall layer of a spore), and a combination or plurality thereof.
[00103] In addition, a biological barrier further includes a sugar layer, a protein layer or any other biological layer, or a combination or plurality thereof. For example, skin is a biological barrier that has a plurality of biological layers. A skin comprises an epidermis layer (outer surface), a demis layer and a subcutaneous layer. The epidermis layer contains several layers including a basal cell layer, a spinous cell layer, a granular cell layer, and a stratum corneum. The cells in the epidermis are called keratinocytes. The stratum corneum ("horny layer") is the outmost layer of the epidermis, wherein cells here are flat and scale-like ("squamous") in shape. These cells contain a lot of keratin and are arranged in overlapping layers that impart a tough and oilproof and waterproof character to the skin's surface. [00104] U) Methods for diagnosing a condition in a biological system. [00105] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in diagnosing a condition in a biological system. The method comprises the following steps:
1) administrating a composition comprising a peptide HPP/HPC to the biological subject;
2) detecting the presence, location or amount of the HPP/HPC, the functional unit of the HPP/HPC or a metabolite thereof in the biological subject; and
3) determining a condition in the biological system.
[00106] In certain embodiments, the HPP/HPC (or the agent cleaved from the HPP/HPC) aggregates in the site of action where a condition occurs. In certain embodiments, the presence, location or amount of the functional unit of the HPP/HPC is also detected. In certain embodiments, the onset, development, progress, or remission of a condition (e.g., cancer) associated is also determined.
[00107] In certain embodiments, the HPP/HPC is labeled with or conjugated to a detectable agent. Alternatively, the HPP/HPC is prepared to include radioisotopes for detection. Numerous detectable agents are available which can be generally grouped into the following categories:
(a) Radioisotopes, such as 35S, 14C, 13C, 15N, 125I, 3H, and 131I. The diagnostic agent can be labeled with the radioisotope using the techniques known in the art and radioactivity can be measured using scintillation counting; in addition, the diagnostic agent can be spin labeled for electron paramagnetic resonance for carbon and nitrogen labeling.
(b) Fluorescent agents such as BODIPY, BODIPY analogs, rare earth chelates (europium chelates), fluorescein and its derivatives, FITC, 5,6 carboxyfluorescein, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, Lissamine, phycoerythrin, green fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein and Texas Red. Fluorescence can be quantified using a fluorometer.
(c) Various enzyme-substrate agents, such luciferases (e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase), luciferin, 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, malate dehydrogenase, urease, peroxidase such as horseradish peroxidase (HRPO), alkaline phosphatase, β- galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases (e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase), heterocyclic oxidases (such as uricase and xanthine oxidase), lactoperoxidase, microperoxidase, and the like. Examples of enzyme-substrate combinations include, for example: (i) Horseradish peroxidase (HRPO) with hydrogen peroxidase as a substrate, wherein the hydrogen peroxidase oxidizes a dye precursor (e.g., orthophenylene diamine (OPD) or 3, 3', 5,5'- tetramethyl benzidine hydrochloride (TMB)); (ii) alkaline phosphatase (AP) with para- Nitrophenyl phosphate as chromogenic substrate; and (iii) β-D-galactosidase (β -D-GaI) with a chromogenic substrate (e.g., p-nitrophenyl- β- D-galactosidase) or fluorogenic substrate 4-methylumbelliferyl- β- D-galactosidase.
[00108] In certain embodiments, the detectable agent is not necessarily conjugated to the diagnostic agent but is capable of recognizing the presence of the diagnostic agent and the diagnostic agent can be detected.
[00109] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC can be provided in a kit, i.e., a packaged combination of reagents in predetermined amounts with instructions for performing the diagnostic assay. Where the HPP/HPC is labeled with an enzyme, the kit will include substrates and cofactors required by the enzyme (e.g., a substrate precursor which provides the detectable chromophore or fluorophore). In addition, other additives may be included such as stabilizers, buffers (e.g., a block buffer or lysis buffer) and the like. The relative amounts of the various reagents may be varied widely to provide for concentrations in solution of the reagents which substantially optimize the sensitivity of the assay. Particularly, the reagents may be provided as dry powders, usually lyophilized, including excipients which on dissolution will provide a reagent solution having the appropriate concentration.
[00110] iii) Methods for screening a substance for a desired character
[00111] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of screening a HPP/HPC for a desired character.
[00112] In certain embodiments, the method comprises: 1 ) covalently linking a test functional unit to a transportational unit through a linker to form a test composition (or covalently linking a functional unit to a test transportational unit through a linker, or covalently linking a functional unit to a transportational unit through a test linker)
2) administrating the test composition to a biological system; and
3) determining whether the test composition has the desired nature or character.
[00113] In one embodiment, a desired character may include, for example, 1 ) the ability of a test functional unit to form a high penetration composition or convert back to a parent drug, 2) the penetration ability and/or rate of a test composition, 3) the efficiency and/or efficacy of a test composition, 4) the transportational ability of a test transportational unit, and 5) the cleavability of a test linker.
[00114] iv) Methods for treating a condition in a biological subject
[00115] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using a composition of the invention in treating a condition in a biological system. The method comprises administrating the pharmaceutical composition to the biological system.
[00116] The term "treating" as used herein means curing, alleviating, inhibiting, or preventing. The term "treat" as used herein means cure, alleviate, inhibit, or prevent. The term "treatment" as used herein means cure, alleviation, inhibition or prevention.
[00117] The term "biological system," "biological subject" or "subject" as used herein means an organ, a group of organs that work together to perform a certain task, an organism, or a group of organisms. The term "organism" as used herein means an assembly of molecules that function as a more or less stable whole and has the properties of life, such as animal, plant, fungus, or micro-organism.
[00118] The term "animal" as used herein means an eukaryotic organism characterized by voluntary movement. Examples of animal include, without limitation, vertebrata (e.g. human, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, marsipobranchiata and leptocardia), tunicata (e.g. thaliacea, appendiculaha, sorberacea and ascidioidea), articulata (e.g. insecta, myriapoda, malacapoda, arachnida, pycnogonida, merostomata, Crustacea and annelida), gehyrea (anarthropoda), and helminthes (e.g. rotifera).
[00119] The term "plant" as used herein means organisms belonging to the kingdom Plantae. Examples of plant include, without limitation, seed plants, bryophytes, ferns and fern allies. Examples of seed plants include, without limitation, cycads, ginkgo, conifers, gnetophytes, angiosperms. Examples of bryophytes include, without limitation, liverworts, hornworts and mosses. Examples of ferns include, without limitation, ophioglossales (e.g. adders-tongues, moonworts, and grape-ferns), marattiaceae and leptosporangiate ferns. Examples of fern allies include, without limitation, lycopsida (e.g. clubmosses, spikemosses and quillworts), psilotaceae (e.g. lycopodiophyta and whisk ferns) and equisetaceae (e.g. horsetails).
[00120] The term "fungus" as used herein means a eukaryotic organism that is a member of the kingdom Fungi. Examples of fungus include, without limitation, chytrids, blastocladiomycota, neocallimastigomycota, zygomycota, glomeromycota, ascomycota and basidiomycota.
[00121] The term "micro-organism" as used herein means an organism that is microscopic (e.g. with length scale of micrometer). Examples of micro-organism include, without limitation, bacteria, fungi, archaea, protists and microscopic plants (e.g. green algae) and microscopic animals (e.g. plankton, planarian and amoeba).
[00122] Some examples of the conditions the method can treat include conditions that can be treated by the parent drug of the HPP/HPC.
[00123] v). Methods of using peptide HPPs/HPCs and pharmaceutical compositions thereof in treatments.
[00124] Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of using peptide HPPs/HPCs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof in treating a condition in a biological system or subject by administrating a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to the biological system or subject.
[00125] Peptides and peptides-related compounds can be used to regulate a wide range of biological processes in a biological system. Conditions that are related to such biological processes are treatable by the corresponding peptides or peptide-related compounds, and therefore treatable by peptide HPPs/HPCs, and a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
[00126] Such conditions include, but are not limited to, aging, angina, antithrombin deficiency, arrhythmia, atheroscierosis, artrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, blood clots, cardiacischemia, cardiac surgery, cardiomyopathy, cardiovascular abnormalities, carotid artery disease, chest pain, circulation disorders, claudication, collagen vascular diseases, congenital heart diseases, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, diabetes, diabetes and hypertension, dyslipidemia, dysrhythmia, elevated triglycerides, heart defect, heart disease, heart failure, heart valve disease, hemangioma, high chlolesterol, hypertriglyceridemia, intermittent claudication, hypertension, Kawasaki disease, heart attack, myocardial ischemia, orthostatic hypotension, peripheral arterial disease, peripheral arterial occlusive disease, peripheral vascular disease, Raynaud's disease, smoking cessation, tachycardia (fast heart rate), thrombosis, varicose veins, vascular diseases, venous leg ulcers, gingivitis, gum diseases, halitosis, oral cancer, periodontal disease, temporomandibular disorders, temporomandibular joint syndrome, sunburn, acne, skin aging, alopecia, anesthesia, athlete's foot, atopic dermatitis, bed sores (decubitus ulcers), bunions, burns, burn infections, cold sores (herpes labialis infections), congenital skin diseases, contact dermatitis, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, diabetic foot ulcers, eczema, excessive sweating, fabry disease, fungal infections, genital herpes, genital warts, hair loss, hair removal, hand dermatitis, head lice, hemangioma, hereditary angioedema, herpes simplex infections, herpes Zoster infections, herpetic neuralgia, hives, ichthyosis, ischemic foot ulcers, keratoses, lupus, male pattern baldness, malignant melanoma, medical prosthetics, melanoma, molluscum contagiosum, mycosis fungoides, onychomycosis, pemphigus vulgaris, postherpetic neuralgia, pressure ulcers, psoriasis and psoriatic disorders, psoriatic arthritis, razor bumps, rosacea, sarcoidosis, scalp disorders, scar tissue, scleroderma, seborrhea, seborrheic dermatitis, shingles, skin cancer, skin infections, skin lipomas, skin wounds, solar lentigines, sporotrichosis, staphylococcal skin infections, stasis dermatitis, stretch marks, systemic fungai infections, sun poisoning, ringworm, tinea capitis, tinea versicolor, urticaria, vitiligo, warts, wounds, acromegaly, adrenal cancer, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, diabetes mellitus (type I and type II), diabetes mellitus (type I), diabetes mellitus (type II), diabetic gastroparesis, diabetic kidney disease, diabetic macular edema, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic vitreous hemorrhage, dyslipidemia, female hormonal deficiencies/abnormalities, Fredrickson type III. hyperlipoproteinemia, growth hormone deficiencies/abnormalities, gynecomastia, hair removal, hyperlipidemia, hormone deficiencies, hot flash, hyperparathyroidism, idiopathic short stature, indication: diabetes type II, male hormonal deficiencies/abnormalities, McCune-Albright syndrome, menopause disorders, metabolic syndrome, obesity, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, pancreatic disorders, pancreatitis, parathyroid cancer, parathyroid disease, parathyroid disorders, perimenopause, pituitary disorders, polycystic ovarian syndrome, post menopause disorders, post menopause osteopenia, precocious puberty, primary insulin hypersecretion, severe short stature, sexual dysfunction, thyroid disease, thyroid disorders, Turner syndrome, Wilms' tumor, Wilson's disease, abdominal cancer, achalasia, alpha 1 antitrypsin deficiency, anal fissures, appendicitis, Barrett's esophagus, biliary tract cancer, bowel dysfunction, celiac disease, chronic diarrhea, Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea, colon cancer, colon polyps, colorectal cancer, constipation, Crohn's disease, diabetic gastroparesis, digestive system neoplasms, duodenal ulcers, Fabry disease, fecal incontinence, functional dyspepsia, gall bladder disorders, gastric cancer, gastric ulcers, gastroenteritis, gastroesophageal reflux disease, gastrointestinal disease and disorders, gastroparesis, heartburn, helicobacter pylori, hemorrhoids, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatitis, ileus, infectious colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, intra-abdominal infections, irritable bowel syndrome, liver disease, liver disorders, non-erosive reflux disease, non-ulcer dyspepsia, organ rejection following organ transplantation, post-operative nausea and vomiting, vomiting, rectal cancer, rectal disorders, recurrent diarrhea, stomach cancer, stomach discomfort, ulcerative colitis, abnormal blood vessels, acute myelogenous leukemia, anemia, anemia (non-Hodgking lymphoma), non-small-cell lung cancer, anemic cancer, aneurysm, antiphospholipid syndrome, antithrombin deficiency, aplastic anemia, blood clots, candidemia/candidiasis, chronic renal anemia, Gaucher disease, hematologic cancer, hematological disorders, paroxysmal hemoglobinuria, hemorrhages, hypercalcemia, hypogammaglobulinemia, hyponatremia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, islet cell cancer, leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, myelodysplastic syndromes, myocardial ischemia, occlusions, platelet deficiencies, platelet disorders, red cell disorders, renal anemia, sezary syndrome, sickle cell disease, T-cell lymphoma, thalassemia, thrombocytopenia, von Willebrand's disease, white cell disorders, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), AIDS related infections, acute rhinitis, allergies, asthma, anal dysplasia, bacterial infections, canker sores, celiac disease, cervical dysplasia, chickenpox, chronic fatique syndrome, common cold, common variable immunodeficiency, bacterial conjunctivitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cutaneous candidiasis, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, cytomegalovirus infections, dermatomyositis, fever, graft-versus-host disease, hepatitis, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, HIV infections, HIV/AIDS, human papilloma virus infections, hypogammaglobulinemia, idiopathic inflammatory myopathies, influenza, intraabdominal infections, Kaposi's sarcoma, lupus, lyme tick disease, mycobactehum avium complex infection, meningitis, onychomycosis, oral candidiasis, pneumonia, polymyositis (inflammatory muscle disease), postherpetic neuralgia, primary immunodeficiency disorders, respiratory syncytial virus infection, rheumatic fever, allergic rhinitis, rotavirus infection, sarcoidosis, sepsis and septicemia, sexually transmitted diseases, shingles, Sjogren's syndrome, smallpox, soft tissue infections, staphylococcal infections, staphylococcal skin infections, strep throat, systemic candidiasis, systemic lupus erythematosus, throat and tonsil infections, urticaria, vancomycin resistant enterococci, west nile virus infections, acromegaly, ankylosing spondylitis, bone loss, athletic injuries, bone diseases, bone metastases, breast pain, bunions, bursitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, cartilage injuries, chest pain, chronic back pain, chronic leg pain, chronic pain, chronic shoulder pain, claudication, congenital lactic acidosis, connective tissue diseases, dermatomyositis, dupurtren's disease, fibromyalgia, Frozen shoulder, adhesive capsulitis, gout (hyperuricemia), idiopathic inflammatory myopathies, intermittent claudication, joint injuries, knee injuries, multiple sclerosis, muscle pain, muscular dystrophy, musculoskeletal diseases, myasthenia gravis (chronic weakness), myasthenia gravis generalized, orthopedics, osteoarthritis, osteomyelitis, osteoporosis, osteosarcoma, Paget's disease, partial medial meniscectomy, parathyroid disease, post-menopausal osteopenia, post-menopausal osteoporosis, reflex sympathetic dystrophy syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, sciatica, spinal cord disorders, spinal cord malignancy, spine athroplasty, sprains, tendon injuries, tennis elbow, tic disorders, anal dysplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, bladder cancer, bladder disorders, blood cancers, catheter complications, chronic pelvic pain, diabetic kidney disease, enuresis, erectile dysfunction, fabry disease, nocturia, genitourinary prolapse, glomerulonephritis, glomerulosclerosis, idiopathic membranous nephropathy, impotence, interstitial cystitis, kidney cancer, kidney disease, kidney failure, kidney stones, liver cancer, low testosterone, mastectomy, medical prosthetics, nephropathy, Peyronie's disease, premature ejaculation, prostate cancer, prostate disorders, prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia, proteinuria, Reiter's syndrome, renal artery disease, renal cell carcinoma, renal failure, testicular cancer, tyrosinemia, urethral strictures, urinary incontinence, urinary tract infections, urothelial tract cancer, male erectile dysfunction and female sex dysfunction, systemic blood pressure, abortion, hypotensive control, inhibition of platelet aggregation, pulmonary diseases, gastrointestinal disease, inflammation, shock, reproduction, fertility, obesity.
[00127] Conditions related to platelet aggregation include, for example, thromboembolis after surgery, carotid endarterectomy, the recurrence of stenosis after coronary angioplasty, thromboembolis complications in chronic arterial fibrillation, aortocornonary-artery-bypass graft occlusion, heart attack, stroke, multi-infract dementia, dementia, hemodialysis shunt thrombosis and arterial embolic complications in patients' prosthetic heart valves.
[00128] Some examples of the conditions that are treatable by a method comprising using a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof include, without limitation, peptide-hormone related conditions, inflammation and related conditions, platelet aggregation related conditions, neuropeptide related conditions, microorganism related conditions and other conditions regulated by peptides or peptide-related compounds.
[00129] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a peptide treatable condition comprises administering to a biological system a peptide HPP/HPC of a peptide or a peptide-related compound such as angiotentensin, angiotensin Il antagonists, angiotentensin Il AT2 receptor, antimicrobial peptides, anti-oxytocin, hormones, antidiuretic hormones, adrenocorticotropic hormones, antimicrobial peptide, antiinflammatory peptide, bradykinin, bradykinin antagonist, endothelin peptides, endothelin peptide antagonist, gastrin, calcitonin, melanoma-associated antigen peptide, laminin peptide, fibrinogen peptide, EAE inducing peptides, growth factors, growth hormone releasing peotides, somatostatin, hormone releasing hormones, luteinizing hormone releasing hormone, neuropeptide, melanocyte stimulating hormones, sleep inducing peptide, amyloid peptide, tuftsin, retro inverso-tuftsin, enterostatins, Melanocortin II, and opioid peptides and mimics.
[00130] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a peptide-hormone related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of a peptide- hormone or a peptide-hormone related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In a biological system, hormones regulate a wide range of processes such as energy levels, reproduction, growth and development, homeostasis, and reactions to surroundings, stress and injury. Examples of peptide-hormone related conditions include, without limitation: a) menopause; b) bone diseases, e.g. osteoporosis, Paget's disease and bone metastases; c) growth hormone deficiency; d) hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism; e) metabolism disorder, e.g. obesity, abnormal blood glucose level, abnormal blood lipid level, diabetes mellitus (type I or/and type II) and diabetes-induced complications, including diabetic retinopathy, necrobiotic ulcers, and diabetic proteinuria; f) abnormal blood pressure, e.g. hypertension and hypotension; g) skin condition, e.g. psoriasis and psoriatic disorders, acne, cystic acne, pus-filled or reddish bumps, comedones, papules, pustules, nodules, epidermoid cysts, keratosis pilaris, abnormal vascular skin lesions, birthmarks, moles (nevi), skin tags, scleroderma, vitiligo and related diseases, or aging spots (liver spots); h) autoimmune disease, e.g. discoid lupus erythematosus, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), autoimmune hepatitis, cleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, polymyositis, scleroderma, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, juvenile diabetes mellitus, Addison disease, vitiligo, pernicious anemia, glomerulonephritis, pulmonary fibrosis, multiple sclerosis (MS) and Crohn's disease; i) eye disease, e.g. glaucoma, ocular hypertension, loss of vision after ophthalmic surgery, vision of a warm-blooded animal impaired by cystoid macular edema and cataract; j) preeclamptic toxemia in high-risk women; k) male and female sexual dysfunction; j) allergy and asthma; k) insomnia;
I) depression and related conditions; m) cardiovascular diseases, e.g. heart attack, unstable angina, peripheral occlusive arterial disease and stroke; n) tumor, e.g. benign tumor, breast cancer, colon-rectum cancer, oral cancer, lung or other respiratory system cancers, skin cancers, uterus cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, urinary organs cancers, leukemia or other blood and lymph tissues cancer; and o) metastasis.
[00131] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a microorganism related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of an antimicrobial peptide or a anti-microbial peptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. Examples of microorganisms related conditions include, without limitation, inflammation and related conditions: a) pain; b) injuries; c) conditions related to microorganisms; d) inflammation related conditions, e.g. prostate gland inflammation (prostatitis), prostatocystitis, prostate enlarge fibrosis, hemorrhoids, Kawasaki syndrome, gastroenteritis, type-1 membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, Bartter's syndrome, chronic uveitis, ankylosing spondylitis, hemophilic arthropathy, inflamed hemorrhoids, post irradiation (factitial) proctitis, chronic ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, cryptitis, periodontitis, arthritis, and an inflammatory condition in an organ selected from the group consisting of liver, lung, stomach, brain, kidney, heart, ear, eye, nose, mouth, tongue, colon, pancreas, gallbladder, duodenum, rectum stomach, colonrectum, intestine, vein, respiratory system, vascular, the anorectum and pruritus ani.
[00132] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a neuropeptide-related condition comprises administering to a biological system a HPP/HPC of a neuropeptide or a neuropeptide-related compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. Examples of neuropeptide related conditions include, without limitation, pain, and neurodegenerative disease, e.g. Alzheimer's diseases and Parkinson's disease.
[00133] Other conditions that are treatable by a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof include, without limitation, conditions relate to: conditions related to platelet aggregation, e.g. thromboembolis after surgery, carotid endarterectomy, the recurrence of stenosis after coronary angioplasty, thromboembolis complications in chronic arterial fibrillation, aortocornonary-artery-bypass graft occlusion, heart attack, stroke, multi-infract dementia, dementia, hemodialysis shunt thrombosis and arterial embolic complications in patients' prosthetic heart valves; antepartum, postpartum, anti- AD activities, antidiuretic activities, brain injury, calcium homeostasis, melanocye, activities of CNS and phagocytosis,
[00134] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a condition in a subject amelioratable or treatable with peptides or peptide-related compounds comprises administering a therapeutic effective amount of a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to the subject.
[00135] A HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be administered to a biological system by any administration route known in the art, including without limitation, oral, enteral, buccal, nasal, topical, rectal, vaginal, aerosol, transmucosal, epidermal, transdermal, dermal, ophthalmic, pulmonary, subcutaneous, and/or parenteral administration. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a variety of unit dosage forms depending upon the method of administration.
[00136] A parenteral administration refers to an administration route that typically relates to injection which includes but is not limited to intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intra cardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, and/or intrasternal injection and/or infusion.
[00137] A HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be given to a subject in the form of formulations or preparations suitable for each administration route. The formulations useful in the methods of the invention include one or more HPPs/HPCs, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefor, and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the subject being treated and the particular mode of administration. The amount of a HPP/HPC which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a pharmaceutically effective dose will generally be that amount of a HPP/HPC which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety- nine percent of the HPP/HPC, preferably from about 20 percent to about 70 percent.
[00138] Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a HPP/HPC with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a HPP/HPC with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
[00139] Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a HPP/HPC as an active ingredient. A compound may also be administered as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
[00140] In solid dosage forms for oral administration (e. g., capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the HPP/HPC is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1 ) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin, (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, acetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
[00141] A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered peptide or peptidomimetic moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of a HPP/HPC therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain pacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the HPP(s)/HPC(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The HPP/HPC can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
[00142] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the HPP/HPC, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
[00143] Suspensions, in addition to the HPP/HPC, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof. [00144] Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more HPPs/HPCs with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent. Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
[00145] Formulations for the topical or transdermal or epidermal or dermal administration of a HPP composition include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as water, ethanol, and ethanol solution, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required. The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to the HPP composition, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof. Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the HPP composition, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
[00146] A HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be alternatively administered by aerosol. This can be accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the HPPs/HPCs. A nonaqueous (e. g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers can also be used. An aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include nonionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
[00147] Transdermal patches can also be used to deliver HPP compositions to a tumor site. Such formulations can be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the peptidomimetic across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the peptidomimetic in a polymer matrix or gel.
[00148] In certain embodiments, a transdermal therapeutic application system comprises a peptide HPP/HPC as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system is a spray or rub-on solution further comprising a solvent that can dissolve the peptide HPP/HPC. Examples of solvent include, without limitation, organic solvents and inorganic solvents such as water, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, DMSO, DMF, and combinations thereof.
[00149] In certain embodiments, a transdermal therapeutic application system comprises a peptide HPP/HPC as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system further comprises a subject comprising an active substance-containing matrix layer and an impermeable backing layer. In certain embodiments, such subject is a patch or a bandage. In certain embodiments, such subject is an active substance reservoir comprising a permeable bottom facing the skin, wherein by controlling the rate of release, the system enables the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient to reach constantly optimal therapeutic blood levels to increase effectiveness and reduce the side effects of the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient.
[00150] Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
[00151] Formulations suitable for parenteral administration comprise a HPP/HPC in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacterostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
[00152] Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the formulations suitable for parenteral administration include water, ethanol, polyols (e. g., such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
[00153] Formulations suitable for parenteral administration may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
[00154] Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of a HPP/HPC or in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of the HPP/HPC to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly (orthoesters) and poly (anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the HPP/HPC in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
[00155] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof is delivered to a disease or tumor site in a therapeutically effective dose. As is known in the art of pharmacology, the precise amount of the pharmaceutically effective dose of a HPP/HPC that will yield the most effective results in terms of efficacy of treatment in a given patient will depend upon, for example, the activity, the particular nature, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and bioavailability of a particular HPP/HPC, physiological condition of the subject (including race, age, sex, weight, diet, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), the nature of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in a formulation, the route and frequency of administration being used, and the severity or propensity of a disease caused by pathogenic target microbial organisms, to name a few. However, the above guidelines can be used as the basis for fine-tuning the treatment, e. g., determining the optimum dose of administration, which will require no more than routine experimentation consisting of monitoring the subject and adjusting the dosage. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (Gennaro ed. 20.sup.th edition, Williams & Wilkins PA, USA) (2000).
IV. ADVANTAGES
[00156] Peptides and related compounds are hydrophilic and have limited ability to penetrate the skin membrane barrier. When peptides are taken orally, peptides and related compounds can be rapidly proteolysized by proteolytic enzymes in the Gl tract in a few minutes. In the case of injection, administration of peptides is painful and in many cases requires frequent and costly office visits to treat chronic conditions.
[00157] In certain embodiments, since a peptide HPP/HPC is capable of crossing one or more biological barriers with higher efficiency than its parent compound, the HPP/HPC can be administered locally (e.g., topically or transdermally) to reach a location where a condition occurs without the necessity of a systematic administration (e.g., oral or parenteral administration). A local administration and penetration of a HPP/HPC allows the HPP/HPC to reach the same level of local concentration of an agent or drug with much less amount or dosage of the HPP/HPC in comparison to a systematic administration of the parent agent or drug; alternatively, a higher level of local concentration which may not be afforded in the systematic administration, or if possible, requires significantly higher dosage of the agent in the systematic administration. The high local concentration of the HPP/HPC or its parent agent if being cleaved enables the treatment of a condition more effectively or much faster than a systematically delivered parent agent and the treatment of new conditions that may not be possible or observed before. The local administration of the HPP/HPC may allow a biological subject to reduce potential sufferings from a systemic administration, e.g., adverse reactions associated with the systematic exposure to the agent, gastrointestinal/renal effects. Additionally, the local administration may allow the HPP/HPC to cross a plurality of biological barriers and reach systematically through, for example, general circulation and thus avoid the needs for systematic administration (e.g., injection) and obviate the pain associated with the parenteral injection.
[00158] In certain embodiments, a HPP/HPC or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention can be administered systematically (e.g., transdermal^, orally or parenterally). The HPP/HPC or the active agent (e.g., drug or metabolite) of the HPP/HPC may enter the general circulation with a faster rate than the parent agent and gain faster access to the action site a condition. Additionally, the HPP/HPC can cross a biological barrier (e.g., blood brain barrier) which has not been penetrated if a parent agent is administered alone and thus offer novel treatment of conditions that may not be possible or observed before.
[00159] For example, peptide HPPs/HPCs may demonstrate high penetration rate through a biological barrier (e.g., > about 10 times, > about 50 times, >about 100 times, >about 200 times, >about 300 times, > about 1000 times higher than if the peptides or peptide-related compounds are administered alone). No or few adverse side effect is observed from the subjects that took peptide HPPs/HPCs, while side effects (such as nausea, hair loss, and increased susceptibility to infection) are observed from the subjects that took the parent peptides at the similar dosage.
V. EXAMPLES
[00160] The following examples are provided to better illustrate the claimed invention and are not to be interpreted in any way as limiting the scope of the invention. All specific compositions, materials, and methods described below, in whole or in part, fall within the scope of the invention. These specific compositions, materials, and methods are not intended to limit the invention, but merely to illustrate specific embodiments falling within the scope of the invention. One skilled in the art may develop equivalent compositions, materials, and methods without the exercise of inventive capacity and without departing from the scope of the invention. It will be understood that many variations can be made in the procedures herein described while still remaining within the bounds of the invention. It is the intention of the inventors that such variations are included within the scope of the invention.
Example 1. Preparation of a HPP/HPC from a parent drug.
Preparation of a HPP/HPC from a parent drug which contains at least one carboxylic group.
[00161] In certain embodiments, a parent compound having the following Structure F-C:
L2N L1 N L1 C OH
Structure F-C is converted to a HPP/HPC having Structure L-1 :
Figure imgf000108_0001
Structure L-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F, L1C, L1 N, L2C, L2N, L4C and L4N are defined as supra;
Tc is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC. For example, Tc is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
TN is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups. [00162] In certain embodiments of the invention, a HPP/HPC having Structure L-1 is prepared according to organic synthesis by reacting the parent compounds or derivatives of the parent compounds having Structure D (e.g. acid halides, mixed anhydrides of the parent compounds, etc.):
L2N L1 N L1C WC
Structure D with compounds of Structure E (Scheme 1 ):
Figure imgf000109_0001
Structure E wherein Wc is selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted aryloxycarbonyloxy; and
F, L10, L1 N, L2C, L2N, L4C, L4N, T0 and TN are defined as supra.
Figure imgf000109_0002
Scheme 1. Preparation of a HPP/HPC from a parent compound (I).
[00163] In certain embodiments, a HPP/HPC having Structure L-1 is prepared following Scheme 1 as described supra, wherein L4c is C=O.
[00164] In certain embodiments, a parent compound having the following Structure F:
H H— L L^1N X H^C N L2C
Structure F-N reacts with a compound having the following structure W:
Figure imgf000110_0001
Structure W to obtain a HPP/HPC of Structure L:
Figure imgf000110_0002
Structure L-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: F, Lie, LIN, L2C, L2N, L40 and L4N are defined as supra;
TN is a transportational unit of a peptide HPP/HPC. For example, TN is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra; and
Tc is selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups.
WN is selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted aryloxycarbonyloxy. (Scheme 2)
UN. _ /F\ /L4C_ /Tc _ TN ^ /L4N^ / F\ / UC. /TC
1 N +
WN L2N H UN L1C L2C L2N L1 N L1C L20
Scheme 2. Preparation of a HPP/HPC from a parent compound (II).
[00165] In certain embodiments, a HPP/HPC having a structure of Structure L-2 is prepared by organic synthesis wherein the unwanted reactive sites such as -COOH, - NH2, -OH, or -SH are protected before linking a transportational unit with a functional unit according to one of the synthetic route as described supra. In certain embodiments, the obtained protected HPP/HPC may be further partially or completely deprotected to render a partially protected HPP/HPC or an unprotected HPP/HPC respectively.
Preparation of Ac-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 »HCI
[00166] Preparation of H-Arg(di AC)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CHS)2: 30.8 g of Z-Arg-OH was dissolved in 500 ml of acetone. 200 ml of 20% NaOH was added into the reaction mixture. 40 g of acetic anhydride was added into the reaction mixture drop by drop. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature (RT). The solvent was evaporated off. The residue was extracted with 500 ml of ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). Ethyl acetate layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The ethyl acetate solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue (Z-Arg(diAc)-OH, 30 g) was dissolved in 300 ml of acetonitrile. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C with ice- water bath. 12 g of N,N-Diethylaminoethanol, 2g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and 22 g of 1 ,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide were added into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C and overnight at RT. The solid was removed by filtration and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 500 ml) and water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue [Z- Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2, 28 g] was dissolved in 300 ml of methanol. 2 g of 10% Pd/C was added into the solution. The mixture was stirred for 10 h under hydrogen at RT. Pd/C was removed by filtration. The solution was evaporated to dryness to obtain 22 g of H-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2.
[00167] Preparation of Boc-Asp(OEt)-Pro-OSu : 15 g of L-proline was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 36 g of Boc-Asp(OEt)-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. 25 g of the residue (Boc-Asp(OEt)-Pro-OH) and 11 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide were dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. 16 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C. The solid was removed by filtration. The dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 200 ml) and water ( 3 x 200 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to obtain 28 g Boc-Asp(OEt)-Pro-OSu.
[00168] Preparation of H-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2.2TFA: 22 g of H-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2was dissolved in 300 ml of 5% NaHCO3. 24 g of Boc-Asp(OEt)-Pro-OSu in 150 ml of acetone was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 250 ml of dichloromethlene. 200 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added into the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to yield 32 g of H-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(diAc)- OCH2CH2N(CH2CHS)2^TFA.
[00169] Preparation of Ac-Val-Pro-OSu: 15 g of L-proline was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 26 g of Ac-VaI-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. 20 g of the residue (Ac-Val-Pro-OH) and 11 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide were dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. 16 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C. The solid was removed by filtration. The dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 200 ml) and water (3 x 200 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 20 g Ac-Val-Pro-OSu.
Ill [00170] Preparation of Ac-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(diAc)-
OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3^HCI : 31 g of H-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(diAc)-
OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 #2TFA was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 15 g of Ac-Val-Pro-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The organic layer is washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate was removed by filtration. 15 g of HCI gas in dioxane (200 ml) was added into the solution. The solid was collected and washed with ether (3 x 50 ml). After drying, 20 g of the desired product (hygroscopic product) was obtained. Elementary analysis: C39H66CIN9O11; MW: 872.45. Calculated % C: 53.69; H: 7.62; Cl: 4.06; N: 14.45; O: 20.17; Found % C: 53.61 ; H: 7.67; Cl: 4.10; N: 14.40, O: 20.22. MS: m/e: 836.4; m/e+1 : 836.4.
Preparation of Ac-TyrfAcJ-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH∑CH∑NfCH∑CHak^HCI.
[00171] Preparation of H-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «TFA: 25 g of Boc-Met-OH was dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled into 0 0C with ice- water bath. 12 g of N,N-Diethylaminoethanol, 2g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and 22 g of 1 ,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide were added into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C and overnight at RT. The solid was removed by filtration and the dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 500 ml) and water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue [Boc-Met- OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2, 30 g] was dissolved in 250 ml of dichloromethlene. 250 ml of thfluoroacetic acid was added into the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 26 g of H-Met- OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «TFA.
[00172] Preparation of Boc-Gly-Phe-OSu : 20 g of L-phenylalanine was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 28 g of Boc-Gly-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. 22 g of the residue (Boc-Gly-Phe-OH) and 10 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide were dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. 15 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C. The solid was removed by filtration. The dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 200 ml) and water (3 x 200 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 25 g Boc-Gly-Phe-OSu.
[00173] Preparation of H-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2'TFA: 25 g of H-Met- OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «TFAwas dissolved in 300 ml of 5% NaHCO3. 22 g of Boc-Gly- Phe-OSu in 150 ml of acetone was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 250 ml of dichloromethlene. 200 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added into the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to yield 25 g of H-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «TFA.
[00174] Preparation of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-OSu : 11 g of L-glycine was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 36 g of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3 N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. 28 g of the residue (Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-OH) and 13 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide were dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. 18 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C. The solid was removed by filtration. The dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 200 ml) and water (3 x 200 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 20 g Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-OSu.
[00175] Preparation of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2#HCI: 24 g of H-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2'TFA was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 15 g of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The organic layer was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate was removed by filtration. 15 g of HCI gas in dioxane (200 ml) was added into the solution. The solid was collected and washed with ether (3 x 50 ml). After drying, 18 g of the desired product (hygroscopic product) was obtained. Elementary analysis: C37H53CIN6O9S; MW: 793.37. Calculated % C: 56.01 ; H: 6.73; Cl: 4.47; N: 10.59; O: 18.15; S: 4.04. Found % C: 55.96; H: 6.76; Cl: 4.52; N: 10.54, O: 18.19; S: 4.03. MS: m/e: 757.4; m/e+1 : 758.4.
Preparation of Ac-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 » HCI
[00176] Preparation of Boc-Gly-Pro-OSu : 15 g of L-proline was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 27.2 g of Boc-Gly-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3 N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. 21 g of the residue (Boc-Gly-Pro-OH) and 11 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide were dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethlene. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. 17 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C. The solid was removed by filtration. The dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 200 ml) and water ( 3 x 200 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 23 g Boc-Gly-Pro-OSu. [00177] Preparation of H-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2»2TFA: 22 g of H-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 was dissolved in 300 ml of 5% NaHCO3. 20 g of Boc-Gly-Pro-OSu in 150 ml of acetone was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 250 ml of dichloromethlene. 200 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added into the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to yield 28 g of H-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «2TFA.
[00178] Preparation of Ac-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 »HCI:
26 g of H-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «2TFA was dissolved in 300 ml of 10% sodium bicarbonate. 150 ml of acetone and 15 g of Ac-Val-Pro-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at RT. 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture. The organic layer was washed with water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate was removed by filtration. 15 g of HCI gas in dioxane (200 ml) was added into the solution. The solid was collected, washed with ether (3 x 50 ml) and dried to obtain yielded 18 g of the desired product (hygroscopic product). Elementary analysis: C35H60CIN9O9; MW: 786.36. Calculated % C: 53.46; H: 7.69; Cl: 4.51 ; N: 16.03; O: 18.31 ; Found % C: 53.43; H: 7.73; Cl: 4.55; N: 16.01 , O: 18.29. MS: m/e: 750.4; m/e+1 : 751.4.
Preparation of Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys- OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3J2" HCI.
[00179] Preparation of Ac-Nle-Asp(OFm)-OH: 43 g of H-Asp(OFm)-OH»TFA and
27 g of Ac-NIe-OSu were suspended in 300 ml of acetone. 300 ml of 5% NaHCO3 was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for overnight at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 300 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the aqueous layer. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.4-2.5 with ice-cooled 3 N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (3 x 300 ml). The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 42 g Of Ac-NIe-ASp(OFm)-OH. [00180] Preparation of Fmoc-Trp-Lys(4-Pyoc)-OH: H-Lys(4-Pyoc)-OH was prepared according to reference (H. Kunz and S. Birnbach, Tetrahedron Lett., 25, 3567, 1984; H. Kunz and R. Barthels, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 22, 783, 1983). 33 g of H-Lys(4-Pyoc)-OH was suspended in 300 ml of 5% NaHCO3. 300 ml of acetone and 52 g of Fmoc-Trp-OSu were added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for overnight at RT. The mixture was washed with ether (1 x 500 ml). 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added into the mixture and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.2-2.3 with 3 N HCI. The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water. The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The organic solution was evaporated to dryness to yield 55 g of Fmoc-Trp-I_ys(4-Pyoc)-OH.
[00181] Preparation of Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys-OH: 100 g of Wang resin was suspended in 700 ml of DMF Solution containing 50 g of Fmoc-Trp-I_ys(4-Pyoc)-OH, 13 g of 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole, 2 g of 4- dimethylaminopyridine, and 12 g of N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide. The mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 48 g of Fmoc-Arg(diAc)-OH, 13 g of 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 39 g of Fmoc-Phe-OH, 13 g of 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 60 g of Fmoc-His(Fmoc)-OH, 13 g of 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred 2 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 20% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 60 g of Ac-Nle-Asp(OFm)-OH, 13 g of 1-Hydroxybenzothazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzothazol-i-yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred 2 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). The peptided resin was suspended in 700 ml of DMF. 50 g of MeI was added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT and 1 h at 50 0C. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of 30% piperidine was added into the resin. The mixture was stirred for 60 min. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 700 ml of DMF, 13 g of 1 - Hydroxybenzotriazole, 35 ml of triethylamine, and 38 g of O-(Benzotriazol-i -yl)- N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium were added into the resin. The mixture was stirred 10 hours at RT. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with DMF (3 x 400 ml), methanol (3 x 400 ml), and dichloromethlene (3 x 400 ml). 500 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added into the resin and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at RT. The resin was removed by filtration and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was washed with ether (3 x 100 ml).
[00182] Preparation of Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys- OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3^HCI : 10 g of Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys- OH was dissolved in 300 ml of DMF. The mixture was cooled into 0 0C with ice-water bath. 12 g of N,N-Diethylaminoethanol, 2g of 4-dimethylaminopyhdine, and 22 g of 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide were added into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 0C and overnight at RT. The solid was removed by filtration and the dichloromethlene solution was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate (1 x 500 ml) and water (3 x 100 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over sodium sulfate. 2 g of HCI in dioxane (20 ml) was added into the solution. The solid was collected and washed with ether (3 x 30 ml). Yield was 8 g of the final product. Solid-phase synthesis of peptide HPP/HPC
[00183] A peptide HPP/HPC of a peptide is prepared using trityl chloride resin and 2-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group (Scheme 3), wherein:
-G) - is resin; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, methyl, and methoxyl;
R1, R2, ... Rn are side chains of amino acids of the peptide HPP/HPC numbered 1 , 2, ... n respectively from the N-terminal to C-terminal; coupling reagents are selected from the group consisting of HBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, TBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, BOP/DIPEA/HOBt, HATU/DIPEA/HOBt, DIC/HOB, and combinations thereof; and
RT is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl oxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, and a transportational unit selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined supra.
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
Coupling Reagents (e.g..HBTU/DIPEA/H OBt) shaking 30 min
Figure imgf000120_0003
filtration washed with DCM (3x) washed with DM F(3x) washed with DCM (3x) MF)
(3x)
Figure imgf000120_0004
washed with DCM (3x)
HOBt)
Figure imgf000120_0005
peptide HPP/HPC Scheme 3: Synthesis of peptide HPP/HPC using trityl chloride resin and 2-(4- nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
[00184] As used herein, unless defined otherwise "DCM" means dichloromethane.
[00185] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using trityl chloride resin and 9-fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group
(Scheme 4), wherein, X1, R1, R2, ... Rn, RT, and coupling reagents are defined the same as supra.
Figure imgf000121_0001
washed with DCM (3x) washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
)
(3x)
Figure imgf000121_0002
Figure imgf000122_0001
peptide HPP/HPC
Scheme 4: Synthesis of a peptide HPP/HPC using trityl chloride resin and 9- fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
[00186] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using carbonate ester resin and 9-fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group
(Scheme 5), wherein, , R1, R2, ... Rn, RT, and coupling reagents are defined the same as supra.
tnphosgene/DCM, refluxed for
filtration
Figure imgf000122_0003
washed with DMF (3 x)
Figure imgf000122_0002
1-10 hr washed with DCM (3x)
Deprotecting reagents
(e.g., 20%piperidine/80%DMF) shaking 30 min filtration washed with 5%AcOH/DMF (3x)
Figure imgf000122_0004
washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
Figure imgf000123_0001
shaking 30 min filtration washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
Deprotecting reagents (e.g., 20%piperidine/80%DMF) shaking 30 min filtration washed with 5%AcOH/DMF (3x)
Figure imgf000123_0002
washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
peptide chain-elongation H
Coupling Reagents (e.g., DIC/HOBt) shaking 30 min
Figure imgf000123_0003
filtration washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
O R" O R^ O R1 10% Pd-C)/MeOH/H2
Rτ O — C C — N- NH — C — HC — N-C — O— C'
H H -~Λ / shaking 30 min filtration washed with AcOH (3x)
° R2 M
Rτ O C C — N- HC N C HC NH2
H H peptide HPP/HPC
Scheme 5: Synthesis of a peptide HPP/HPC using carbonate ester resin and 9- fluorenylmethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
[00187] In certain embodiments, a peptide HPP/HPC is prepared using carbonate ester resin and 2-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting
group (Scheme 6), wherein, , R1, R2, ... Rn, Rτ, and coupling reagents are defined the same as supra. tπphosgene/DCM, refluxed for 5 h
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000124_0003
filtration
Figure imgf000124_0002
washed with DMF(3x) DIPEA, 1-10 hr washed with DCM (3x) 79%DMF)
Figure imgf000124_0004
washed with 5%AcOH/DMF (3x) washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
H
Figure imgf000124_0005
c2- Coupling Reagents (e.g.,HBTU/DIPEΞA/HOBt)
Figure imgf000124_0006
shaking 30 min filtration washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x) 9%DMF)
Figure imgf000124_0007
(3x) washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x) DEA/HQBt)
Figure imgf000124_0008
washed with DMF(3x) washed with DCM (3x)
Figure imgf000124_0009
filtration washed with AcOH (3x)
Figure imgf000124_0010
Peptide HPP/HPC Scheme 6 Synthesis of a peptide HPP/HPC using carbonate ester resin and 2- (4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group as the carboxylic group protecting group.
Example 2. Peptide HPPs/HPCs showed higher in vitro penetration rates across human skin comparing to their parent drugs.
[00188] The penetration rates of HPPs/HPCs and their parent drugs through human skin were measured in vitro by modified Franz cells. The Franz cells had two chambers, the top sample chamber and the bottom receiving chamber. The human skin tissue (360-400 μm thick) that separated the top and the receiving chambers was isolated from the anterior or posterior thigh areas.
[00189] A compound tested (2 ml_, 20% in 0.2 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.4) was added to the sample chamber of a Franz cell. The receiving chamber contains 10 ml of pH 7.4 phosphate buffer (0.2 M) which was stirred at 600 rpm. The amount of the tested compound penetrating the skin was determined by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method. The results were shown in Figures 2. The apparent flux values of the tested compounds were calculated from the slopes in the Figure 2 and summarized in Table 1 respectively.
[00190] Because the lowest detectable apparent flux values in this method was 1 μg /cm2/h, parent drugs that showed an apparent flux value equal to or less than 1 μg /cm2/h were considered as not detectable for penetrating across the skin tissue. The HPPs/HPCs of these parent drugs (e.g. enterostatins, Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), Melanocortin Il (cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys-OH), opioid peptides (e.g. Met-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH) were 1 μg /cm2/h, therefore they were not detectable for penetrating across the skin tissue. However, their HPPs/HPCs had detectable apparent flux value. Therefore the peptide HPPs/HPCs showed a higher penetration rate (340-600 times higher) across the skin tissue comparing to their parent compounds.
Table 1. In vitro Penetration Rate of HPPs/HPCs and their Parent Compounds (I)
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Example 3 Conversion of HPPs/HPCs to their parent drugs.
[00191] Peptide HPPs/HPCs converted to the parent peptides or peptide-related compounds quickly in good yield in human plasma.
[00192] A peptide HPP/HPC (20 mg) was incubated with whole blood (1 ml_) for 30 min at 37 °C and analyzed by HPLC. The results showed that most of the peptide HPPs/HPCs converted back to the parent peptides or peptide-related compounds (Table 2).
Table 2. Hydrolysis product analysis of peptide HPPs/HPCs in plasma A) Hydrolysis of Ac-Tyr(Ac)-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 «HCI
Hydrolysis products Amount
Peptide HPP/HPC 3%
Figure imgf000127_0001
Example 4. Treatment of obesity using Peptide HPPs/HPCs.
[00193] Enterostatins [Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg (VPDPR), Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), and Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (APGPR)] are pentapeptides derived from the NH2- terminus of procolipase after tryptic cleavage and belong to the family of gut-brain peptides. They regulate fat intake and may be used for the treatment of obesity (Erlanson-Albertsson C, York D, Obes. Rev. 1997 JuI; 5(4): 360-72 and Sorhede M, Mei J, Erlanson-Albertsson C, J Physiol. 87:273-275,1993). H-Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg-OH produced a dose-dependent reduction in food intake when injected intraperitoneally into Osborne-Mendel rats that had been starved overnight. This inhibition of feeding was observed when the rats were fed a high-fat diet but not in rats fed a high-carbohydrate, low-fat diet (Okada S. et al. Physiol Behav., 1991 Jun; 49(6): 1185-9).
Anti-obesitv activity of H-Val-Pro-Glv-Pro-Arq(NO?)-OCH(CH,^?»HCI in Spraque Dawlev rats and DB/DB mice.
[00194] H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2#HCI (administrated transdermal^, as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intakes and body weights in Sprague Dawley rats (SD rats) and DB/DB mice. Results were shown in Tables 3, 4 and 5.
[00195] In a first experiment, 40 female Sprague Dawley rats (15 weeks old, 318- 346 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2#HCI in 0.2 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2.HCI reduced body weights of rats effectively (Table 3).
Table 3. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2 #HCI in
Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000128_0001
[00196] In a second experiment, 40 young female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (180- 225 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2 #HCI in 0.2 ml of water were administered transdermal^ to the backs of rats (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2#HCI controlled overweight of young rats effectively (Table 4).
Table 4. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2 #HCI in
Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000129_0001
[00197] In a third experiment, 40 obese female DB/DB mice (SLAC/DB/DB mice, 16 weeks old, 55-60 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.1 ml of water was administered to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 15 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, and 0.5mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH(CH3)2*HCI in 0.1 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly- Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2 #HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 5).
Table 5. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH(CH3)2 #HCI in obese mice (SLAC/DB/DB).
Figure imgf000129_0002
Figure imgf000130_0001
Anti-obesitv of H-Val-Pro-Glv-Pro-Arα(diAc)-OCH?CH?CH?CH.g*HCI in Spraαue Dawlev rats.
[00198] H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI (administrated transdermally, as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intakes and body weights in SD rats and DB/DB mice. Results were shown in Tables 6, 7, and 8.
[00199] In a first experiment, 40 female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (15 weeks old, 315-340 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 «HCI in 0.2 ml of water was administered transdermally to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3^HCI reduced body weights of rats effectively (Table 6). Table 6. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000130_0002
[00200] In a second experiment, 40 young female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (180- 230 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in 0.2 ml of water were administered transdermally to the backs of rats (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI controlled overweight of young rats effectively (Table 7).
Table 7. Anti-obese activity of H H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3^HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000131_0001
[00201] In a third experiment, 40 obese female DB/DB mice (SLAC/DB/DB) mice (16 weeks old, 55-60 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.1 ml of water was administered to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 15 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, and 0.5mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3^HCI in 0.1 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-VaI- Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 8).
Table 8. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(diAc)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3»HCI in obese mice (SLAC/DB/DB).
Figure imgf000131_0002
Anti-obesity of H-Ala-Pro-Glv-Pro-Arq(NO?)-OCH?CH?CH?CH,^HCI in Spraque Dawlev rats.
[00202] H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI (administrated transdermal^, as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intakes and body weights in SD rats and DB/DB mice. Results are shown in Tables 9, 10, and 11.
[00203] In a first experiment, 40 female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (15 weeks old, 320-345 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in 0.2 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI reduced body weights of rats effectively (Table 9). Table 9. Anti-obese activity of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000132_0001
[00204] In a second experiment, 40 young female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (182- 223 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in 0.2 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the backs of rats (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-
OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI controlled overweight of rats effectively (Table 10). Table 10. Anti-obese activity of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000132_0002
Figure imgf000133_0001
[00205] In a third experiment, 40 obese female DB/DB mice (SLAC/DB/DB) mice (16 weeks old, 53-61 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.1 ml of water was administered to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 15 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, and 0.5mg/kg of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3^HCI in 0.1 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-AIa- Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 11 ).
Table 11. Anti-obese activity of H-Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3»HCI in obese mice (SLAC/DB/DB).
Figure imgf000133_0002
Anti-obesitv of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arq(NOp)-OCHpCHpCHpCH,^HCI i n Spraαue Dawlev rats.
[00206] H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI (administrated transdermal^, as low as 0.3 mg/kg in rat) reduced food intake and body weights in SD rats and DB/DB mice. Results were shown in Tables 12, 13, and 14. [00207] In a first experiment, 40 female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (15 weeks old, 320-350 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in 0.2 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2ChVHCI reduced body weights of rats effectively (Table 12).
Table 12. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3-HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000134_0001
[00208] In a second experiment, 40 young female Sprague Dawley (SD) rats (185- 220 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.2 ml of water was administered to the back of rat (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 10 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or 0.3 mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in 0.2 ml of water were administered transdermal^ to the backs of rats (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. The results showed that H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)-
OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI controlled overweight of rats effectively (Table 13).
Table 13. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI in Sprague Dawley rats.
Figure imgf000134_0002
[00209] In a third experiment, 40 obese female DB/DB mice (SLAC/DB/DB) mice (16 weeks old, 53-61 g) were divided into 4 groups. In group A, 0.1 ml of water was administered to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days. In Groups B, C, and D, 15 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, and 0.5mg/kg of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3^HCI in 0.1 ml of water was administered transdermal^ to the back of mouse (n=10) twice per day for 30 days respectively. The results showed that H-VaI- Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)-OCH2CH2CH2CH3 »HCI reduced body weights and blood glucose levels of obese mice effectively (Table 14).
Table 14. Anti-obese activity of H-Val-Pro-Asp(OEt)-Pro-Arg(NO2)- OCH2CH2CH2CH3-HCI in obese mice (SLAC/DB/DB).
Figure imgf000135_0001
Example 5 Treatment of erectile dysfunction (ED) and female sex dysfunction with peptide HPPs/HPCs
[00210] Melanocortin Il is a cyclic lactam peptides Cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe- Arg-Trp-Lys-OH. It is the Palatin's (AMEX:PTN) novel drug candidate for the treatment of male and female sexual dysfunction. First in a new class of therapies called melanocortin agonists, melanocortin Il has shown promise in effectively treating erectile dysfunction (ED) and female sex dysfunction without the cardiovascular effects found in ED drugs currently available. Melanocortin Il works through a mechanism involving the central nervous system rather than directly on the vascular system. As a result, it may offer significant safety and efficacy benefits over currently available products. [00211] A HPP/HPC of Melanocortin Il diffused through human skin in very high rate (-0.3-0.5 mg/h/cm2), and provided almost side-effects-free methods of treating erectile dysfunction or enhancing female sexual arousal.
[00212] 2 mg/kg cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(diAc)-Trp-Lys-
OCHsCHslSKCHsCHs^HCI (peptide A) in 0.2 ml of pH 7.0 phosphate buffer (0.1 M) was applied to the back of male rats (Group A-1 , 30 rats) once per day for 5 days. The same dosage of cyclo(1 ,6)-Ac-Nle-Asp-His-Phe-Arg(NO2)-Trp-l_ys-
OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)2 βHCI (peptide B) was applied to the back of another group of male rats (Group B-1 , 30 rats). Rats of a control group were not treated with any drug. The results showed a 5 fold increase in solicitation and a 3 fold increase in copulation for Group A-1 comparing to the negative control group. 6 fold increase in solicitation and 3 fold increase in copulation for Group B-1 in rats were observed comparing to the control group (Table 15).
[00213] 2 mg/kg peptide A and peptide B in 0.2 ml of pH 7.0 phosphate buffer (0.1 M) were applied to the back of both male rats (30 rats) and female rats (30 rates) once per day for 5 days. Rats of a control group were not treated with any drug. The results showed a 6 fold increase in solicitation and 5 fold increase in copulation for both Group A-2 and Group B-2 comparing to the control group (Table 15).
Table 15. Increased solicitation and copulation for rats treated with HPPs/HPCs of Melanocortin Il
Figure imgf000136_0001
X: treated with HPP/HPC (2 mg/kg in 0.2 ml of pH 7.0 phosphate buffer (0.1 M)) on the back once per day for 5 days. Example 6. Writhing inhibition by HPPs/HPCs of enkephalin and related compounds.
[00214] Opioid peptides (e.g. Met-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH), Leu- enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH), H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL, and H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH) exert morphine-like analgesic action. The number of writhings that occurred when mice were administered an acetic acid solution intraperitoneal^ were counted, and the rate of inhibition based on the control group was calculated. HCI-H-Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OCH2(CH2)4CH3 (10 mg/kg, B), Ac- Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Leu-OCH2CH2N(CH2CH3)«HCI (10 mg/kg, C), and HCI-H- Tyr(Ac)-D-Ala-Gly-Phe-Met(O)-OL (10 mg/kg, D) were administered transdermal^ to the neck of mice. 30 minutes later, acetic acid solution was administered. The group A was the control group. The results were shown in Table 16.
Table 16. The rate of writhing inhibition by the HPPs/HPCs of enkephalin and related compounds.
Figure imgf000137_0001
[00215] Opioid peptides are natural peptides that are produced by animals and are not stable in biological systems. They are not addictive and they are not only for treatment of any pain from a toothache, headache, arthritis, any other inflammatory, fever, cancer, dysmenorrhea, and acute migraine headache, but also for the treatment of drug abuse.
The corresponding parent peptides of HPPs/HPCs appeared in examples are listed below in Table D.
Table D. Parent peptide of HPPs/HPCs appeared in examples

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A high penetration composition of a peptide or a peptide-related compound comprising
a) a functional unit;
b) a linker
c) a transportational unit;
wherein the functional unit is covalently linked to the transportational unit via the linker;
wherein the functional unit comprises a moiety of the peptide or the peptide-related compound;
wherein the transportational unit comprises a protonatable amine group; and
wherein the linker comprises a chemical bond that is capable of being cleaved after the high penetration composition penetrates across one or more biological barriers.
2. The high penetration composition according to claim 1 , wherein the chemical bond is selected from the group consisting of a covalent chemical bond, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an ester bond, a thioester bond, a carbonate bond, a carbamate bond, a phosphate bond, and an oxime bond.
3. The high penetration composition according to claim 1 , wherein upon cleavage of the cleavable bond, the moiety of the peptide or the peptide-related compound is converted to the peptide or the peptide-related compound.
4. The high penetration composition according to claim 1 , wherein the functional unit comprises a lipophilic derivative of a moiety of the peptide or the peptide-related compound.
5. The high penetration composition according to claim 4, wherein the lipophilic derivative is selected from the group consisting of carbonate, ester, amide, carbamate, N-mannich base, ether, thioether, thioester, phosphate, oxime and imine.
6. The high penetration composition according to claim 1 wherein the peptide or the peptide-related compound is selected from the group consisting of peptides, peptide metabolites, and agents that can be metabolized into a peptide or a peptide metabolite, and analogs thereof.
7. The high penetration composition according to claim 1 , wherein the protonatable amine group is selected from the group consisting of a substituted and unsubstituted primary amine group, a substituted and unsubstituted secondary amine group, and a substituted and unsubstituted tertiary amine group.
8. The high penetration composition according to claim 7, wherein the protonatable amine group is inherent or is selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq, and Structure Nr:
Figure imgf000141_0001
Structure Na Structure Nb
Figure imgf000141_0002
Structure Nc
Figure imgf000141_0004
Figure imgf000141_0003
Structure Ne Structure Nf
Figure imgf000141_0005
Structure Ng Structure Nh
Figure imgf000142_0001
Structure Ni Structure Nj
Figure imgf000142_0002
Structure Nk Structure Nl
Figure imgf000142_0003
Structure Nm Structure Nn
Figure imgf000143_0001
Structure No Structure Np
Figure imgf000143_0002
Structure Nq Structure Nr including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R11-R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH2COOR11, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NR11, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups.
9. A high penetration composition having the following chemical structure:
L2N L1N M C L2C
Structure L-1 including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
F comprises a moiety of a peptide or a peptide-related compound, having a structure of Structure F- 1 :
Figure imgf000144_0001
Structure F-1
each Ai-Am is independently selected from the group consisting of 2- naphthylalanine, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues, Structure A and Structure B:
Figure imgf000144_0002
each p of each Ai-Am is an independently selected integer; ZA-I on each carbon of each Ai-Am, ZA-2for each Ai-Am, ZNτ, ZCτ-i,and Zcτ-2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide;
RA on each carbon of each Ai-Am, R6 on each carbon of each Ai-Am, RNT and RCT are selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted and unsubstituted quanidino, substituted and unsubstituted carboxyl, substituted and unsubstituted carboxamide, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl groups; when a p of a Ai-Am is an integer no less than 2, RA or RB on each carbon can be the same or different, ZA-I on each carbon can be the same or different; an amino and an carboxyl functional group on a peptide chain may further form lactam bridges; a thiol group may further form disulfide bridges;
TB of each Ai-Am, T0 and TN are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq, and Structure Nr:
Figure imgf000146_0001
Structure Na Structure Nb
Figure imgf000146_0002
Structure Nc Structure Nd
Figure imgf000146_0003
Structure Ne Structure Nf
Figure imgf000147_0001
Structure Ng Structure Nh
Figure imgf000147_0002
Structure Ni Structure Nj
Figure imgf000147_0003
Structure Nk Structure Nl
Figure imgf000148_0001
Structure Nm Structure Nn
Figure imgf000148_0002
Structure No Structure Np
Figure imgf000148_0003
Structure Nq Structure Nr
each R11-R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH2COORn, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NRn, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups;
LI B of each Ai-Am, Lie and l_iN are selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L3)-, -N(L3J-CH2-O1 -N(La)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O-CH(L3)-O, -S- CH(La)-O-;
L2B of each Ai-Am, L2C and L2N are selected from the group consisting of nothing, O, S, -N(L3)-, -N(L3J-CH2-O, -N(L3)-CH2-N(L5)-, -0-CH2-O-, -O-CH(L3)-O, -S- CH(L3)-O-, -O-L3-.-N-L3-, -S-L3- and -N(L3J-L5-;
L46 of each Ai-Am, L4C and L4N are selected from the group consisting
of nothing, C=O, C=S,
Figure imgf000149_0001
■ for each LIB, Lie, LiN, L26, L2C, L2N, L46, L4C and L4N, L3 and L5 are independently selected from the group consisting of nothing, H, CH2COOL6, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, P, NL3, or any other pharmaceutically acceptable groups;
L6 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, Cl, F, Br, I, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, N, P(O)OL6, CH=CH, C≡C, CHL6, CL6L7, aryl, heteroaryl, or cyclic groups;
L7 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, Cl, F, Br, I, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted perfluoroalkyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl halide, wherein any carbon or hydrogen may be further independently replaced with O, S, N, P(O)OL6, CH=CH, C≡C, CHL6, CL6L7, aryl, heteroaryl, or cyclic groups.
10. The high penetration composition of claim 9 wherein the peptides are selected from the group consisting of enterostatins, Melanocortin II, and opioid peptides
11. The high penetration composition of claim 9 comprising a structure selected form the group consisting of Structure 2, Structure 3, Structure 4, Structure 5, Structure 6, Structure 7 Structure 8, Structure 9, Structure 10, Structure 11 , Structure 12, Structure 13, Structure 14, Structure 15, Structure 16, Structure 17, Structure 18, Structure 19, Structure 20, Structure 21 , Structure 22, Structure 23, Structure 24, Structure 25, Structure 26, Structure 27, Structure 28, Structure 29, Structure 30, Structure 31 , Structure 32, Structure 33, Structure 34, Structure 35, Structure 36, Structure 37, Structure 38, Structure 39, Structure 40, Structure 41 , Structure 42, Structure 43, Structure 44, Structure 45, Structure 46, Structure 47, Structure 48, Structure 49, Structure 50, Structure 51 , Structure 52, Structure 53, Structure 54, Structure 55, Structure 56, Structure 57, Structure 58, Structure 59, Structure 60, Structure 61 , Structure 62, Structure 63, Structure 64, Structure 65, Structure 66, Structure 67, and Structure 68, Structure 69, Structure 70, Structure 71 , Structure 72, Structure 73, Structure 74, Structure 75, Structure 76, Structure 77, Structure 78, Structure 79, Structure 80, Structure 81 , Structure 82, Structure 83, Structure 84, Structure 85, Structure 86, Structure 87, Structure 88, Structure 89, Structure 90, Structure 91 , Structure 92, Structure 93, Structure 94, Structure 95, Structure 96, Structure 97, Structure 98, Structure 99, Structure 100, Structure 101 , Structure 102, Structure 103, Structure 104, Structure 105, Structure 106, Structure 107, Structure 108, Structure 109, Structure 110, Structure 111 , Structure 112, Structure 113, Structure 114, Structure 115, Structure 116, Structure 117, Structure 118, Structure 119, Structure 120, Structure 121 , Structure 122, Structure 123, Structure 124, Structure 125, Structure 126, Structure 127, Structure 128, Structure 129, Structure 130, Structure 131 , Structure 132, Structure 133, Structure 134, Structure 135, Structure 136, Structure 137, Structure 138, Structure 139, Structure 140, Structure 141 , Structure 142, Structure 143, Structure 144, Structure 145, Structure 146, Structure 147, Structure 148, Structure 149, Structure 150, Structure 151 , Structure 152, Structure 153, Structure 154, Structure 155, Structure 156, Structure 157, Structure 158, Structure 159, Structure 160, Structure 161 , Structure 162, Structure 163, Structure 164, Structure 165, Structure 166, Structure 167, Structure 168, Structure 169, Structure 170, Structure 171 , Structure 172, Structure 173, Structure 174, Structure 175, Structure 176, Structure 177, Structure 178, Structure 179, Structure 180, Structure 181 , Structure 182, Structure 183, Structure 184, Structure 185, Structure 186, Structure 187, Structure 188, Structure 189, Structure 190, Structure 191 , Structure 192, Structure 193, Structure 194, Structure 195, Structure 196, Structure 197, Structure 198, Structure 199, Structure 200, Structure 201 , Structure 202, Structure 203, Structure 204, Structure 205, Structure 206, Structure 207, Structure 208, Structure 209, Structure 210, Structure 211 , Structure 212, Structure 213, Structure 214, Structure 215, Structure 216, Structure 217, Structure 218, Structure 219, Structure 220, Structure 221 , Structure 222, Structure 223, Structure 224, Structure 225, Structure 226, Structure 227, Structure 228, Structure 229, Structure 230, Structure 231 , Structure 232, Structure 233, Structure 234, Structure 235, Structure 236, Structure 237, Structure 238, Structure 239, Structure 240, Structure 241 , Structure 242, Structure 243, Structure 244, Structure 245, Structure 246, Structure 247, Structure 248, Structure 249, Structure 250, Structure 251 , Structure 252, Structure 253, Structure 254, Structure 255, Structure 256, Structure 257, Structure 258, Structure 259, Structure 260, Structure 261 , Structure 262, Structure 263, Structure 264, Structure 265, Structure 266, Structure 267, Structure 268, Structure 269, Structure 270, Structure 271 , Structure 272, Structure 273, Structure 274, Structure 275, Structure 276, Structure 277, Structure 278, Structure 279, Structure 280, Structure 281 , Structure 282, Structure 283, Structure 284, Structure 285, Structure 286, Structure 287, Structure 288, Structure 289, Structure 290, Structure 291 , Structure 292, Structure 293, Structure 294, Structure 295, Structure 296, Structure 297, Structure 298, Structure 299, Structure 300, Structure 301 , Structure 302, Structure 303, Structure 304, Structure 305, Structure 306, Structure 307, Structure 308, Structure 309, Structure 310, Structure 311 , Structure 312, Structure 313, Structure 314, Structure 315, Structure 316, Structure 317, Structure 318, Structure 319, Structure 320, Structure 321 , Structure 322, Structure 323, Structure 324, Structure 325, Structure 326, Structure 327, Structure 328, Structure 329, Structure 330, Structure 331 , Structure 332, Structure 333, Structure 334, Structure 335, Structure 336, Structure 337, Structure 338, Structure 339, Structure 340, Structure 341 , Structure 342, Structure 343, Structure 344, and Structure 345 as shown in Figure 1 , including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues;
X, X4, Xs, Xe, X7, Xe, X9, X10, X21, X22, X23, X24, X25, X26, and X27 are independently selected from the group consisting of C=O, C=S, CSO, COO, CH2OCO, COOCH2OCO, COCH2OCO, CH2-O-CH(CH2OR4)2, CH2-O- CH(CH2OCOR4)2, SO2, PO(OR), NO, O, S, NR5, and nothing;
Ri , R2, R4, R5, RΘ, R7, Re, R9, R10, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, and R27 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, O, NO2, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkylthio, substituted and unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues; Ar is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2'-naphthyl, 4- iodophenyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl residues; and
HA is selected from the group consisting of nothing, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitric acid , sulfic acid, bisulfic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, phosphonic acid, isonicotinic acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, pantothenic acid, bitartaric acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, gentisinic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccharic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzensulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and pamoic acid.
12. The high penetration composition of claim 9 comprising a structure selected form the group consisting of Structure 1a, Structure 1 b, Structure 1c, Structure 1d, Structure 1e, Structure 1f, Structure 1g, and Structure 1 h:
Figure imgf000153_0001
Structure 1 a
Figure imgf000154_0001
Structure 1b
Figure imgf000154_0002
Structure 1c
Figure imgf000155_0001
Structure 1e
Figure imgf000156_0001
Structure 1f
Figure imgf000156_0002
Structure 1 g
Figure imgf000157_0001
Structure 1 h
including stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X4, X5, Xe, X7, Xe, X9, R4, R5, Re, R7, Re, R9, and HA are defined the same as in claim 11.
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a high penetration composition according to claim 9 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
14. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is polar.
15. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is selected from the group of alcohol, acetone, ester, water, and aqueous solution.
16. A method for penetrating a biological barrier, comprising administrating to the biological barrier a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13.
17. A method for screening a HPP of a peptide or a peptide-related compound for a desired character, comprising the following steps:
1 ) covalently linking a functional unit comprising a peptide or a peptide-related compound to a transportational unit through a linker to form a test composition;
2) administrating the test composition to a biological subject or a biological barrier; and
3) determining whether the test composition has a desired character.
18. The method according to claim 17, wherein the desired character is selected from the group consisting of:
1 ) the ability of the test composition to penetrate the biological barriers;
2) the ability of the test composition to convert to a parent drug or to an active agent;
3) the penetration rate of the test composition;
4) the efficiency of the test composition; and
5) the efficacy of the test composition.
19. A method for diagnosing a condition in a biological subject, comprising the following steps:
1 ) administrating a composition according to any one of claim 9 to the biological subject;
2) detecting the presence, location or amount of the composition in the biological subject; and
3) detecting a condition in the biological subject.
20. The method according to claim 19, wherein the composition is labeled.
21. A method for diagnosing a condition in a biological subject, comprising the following steps:
1) administrating a composition according to any one of claim 13 to the biological subject; 2) detecting the presence, location or amount of the composition in the biological subject; and
3) detecting a condition in the biological subject.
22. The method according to claim 21 , wherein the composition is labeled.
23. A method for treating a condition in a biological subject, comprising administrating to the biological subject the high penetration composition according to claim 9 or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13.
24. The method according to claim 23, wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of pain, injuries, inflammation related conditions, microorganism related conditions, neuropeptide related conditions, hormone related conditions, tumor, abnormal blood pressure, obesity, brain injuries, allergy, male and female sexual dysfunction, metastasis, and other conditions relating to: tuftsin, antepartum, postpartum, anti-AD activities, antidiuretic activities, calcium homeostasis, melanocyte, hormone release, platelet aggregation, activities of CNS, and phagocytosis.
25. The method according to claim 24, wherein the hormone-related conditions are selected from the group consisting of menopause, bone diseases, growth hormone deficiency, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, metabolism disorder conditions, abnormal blood pressure, skin condition, autoimmune disease, eye disease, preeclamptic toxemia in high-risk women, male and female sexual dysfunction, allergy, asthma, insomnia, depression and related conditions, cardiovascular diseases, and tumor.
26. The method according to claim 25, wherein the bone diseases are selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, Paget's disease and bone metastases.
27. The method according to claim 25, wherein the metabolism disorder conditions are selected from the group consisting of obesity, abnormal blood glucose level, abnormal blood lipid level, diabetes mellitus (type I or/and type II) and diabetes-induced complications, including diabetic retinopathy, necrobiotic ulcers, and diabetic proteinuria.
28. The method according to claim 25, wherein the abnormal blood pressure is selected from the group consisting of hypertension and hypotension.
29. The method according to claim 25, wherein the skin condition is selected from the group consisting of psoriasis and psoriatic disorders, acne, cystic acne, pus-filled or reddish bumps, comedones, papules, pustules, nodules, epidermoid cysts, keratosis pilaris, abnormal vascular skin lesions, birthmarks, moles (nevi), skin tags, scleroderma, vitiligo and related diseases, or aging spots (liver spots).
30. The method according to claim 25, wherein the autoimmune disease is selected from the group consisting of discoid lupus erythematosus, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), autoimmune hepatitis, cleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, polymyositis, scleroderma, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, juvenile diabetes mellitus, Addison disease, vitiligo, pernicious anemia, glomerulonephritis, pulmonary fibrosis, multiple sclerosis (MS) and Crohn's disease.
31. The method according to claim 25, wherein the eye disease is selected from the group consisting of glaucoma, ocular hypertension, loss of vision after ophthalmic surgery, vision of a warm-blooded animal impaired by cystoid macular edema and cataract.
32. The method according to claim 25, wherein the cardiovascular diseases are selected from the group consisting of heart attack, unstable angina, peripheral occlusive arterial disease and stroke.
33. The method according to claim 25, wherein the tumor is selected from the group consisting of benign tumor, breast cancer, colon-rectum cancer, oral cancer, lung or other respiratory system cancers, skin cancers, uterus cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, urinary organs cancers, leukemia or other blood and lymph tissues cancer.
34. The method according to claim 24, wherein the microorganisms related condition is selected from the group consisting of pain, injuries and inflammation related conditions.
35. The method according to claim 34, wherein the inflammation related condition is selected from the group consisting of prostate gland inflammation (prostatitis), prostatocystitis, prostate enlarge fibrosis, hemorrhoids, Kawasaki syndrome, gastroenteritis, type-1 membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, Bartter's syndrome, chronic uveitis, ankylosing spondylitis, hemophilic arthropathy, inflamed hemorrhoids, post irradiation (factitial) proctitis, chronic ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, cryptitis, periodontitis, arthritis, and an inflammatory condition in an organ selected from the group consisting of liver, lung, stomach, brain, kidney, heart, ear, eye, nose, mouth, tongue, colon, pancreas, gallbladder, duodenum, rectum stomach, colonrectum, intestine, vein, respiratory system, vascular, the anorectum and pruritus ani.
36. The method according to claim 24, wherein the neuropeptide related conditions are selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's diseases and Parkinson's disease.
37. The method according to claim 23, wherein the composition is administered to the biological subject through a route selected from oral, enteral, buccal, nasal, topical, rectal, vaginal, aerosol, transmucosal, epidermal, transdermal, dermal, ophthalmic, pulmonary, subcutaneous, and parenteral administration.
38. The method according to claim 23 wherein the peptides is selected from the group consisting of angiotentensin, angiotensin Il antagonists, angiotentensin Il AT2 receptor, antimicrobial peptides, anti-oxytocin, hormones, antidiuretic hormones, adrenocorticotropic hormones, antimicrobial peptide, anti-inflammatory peptide, bradykinin, bradykinin antagonist, endothelin peptides, endothelin peptide antagonist, gastrin, calcitonin, melanoma-associated antigen peptide, laminin peptide, fibrinogen peptide, EAE inducing peptides, growth factors, growth hormone releasing peotides, somatostatin, hormone releasing hormones, luteinizing hormone releasing hormone, neuropeptide, melanocyte stimulating hormones, sleep inducing peptide, amyloid peptide, tuftsin, retro inverso-tuftsin, enterostatins, Melanocortin II, and opioid peptides and mimics.
39. The method according to claim 38 wherein the enterostatin is selected from the group consisting of Val-Pro-Asp-Pro-Arg (VPDPR), Val-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (VPGPR), and Ala-Pro-Gly-Pro-Arg (APGPR).
40. The method according to claim 38 wherein the opioid peptides is selected from the group consisting of Met-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Met-OH), Leu-enkephalin (H-Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu-OH), H-Tyr-D-Ala-Gly-N-Me-Phe-Met(O)-OL, and H-Tyr-D-Ala- Gly-Phe-Leu-OH).
41. A solid-phase synthesis method of a peptide HPC comprising:
a) providing a chemically modified resin;
b) protecting the carboxylic group of all the natural or modified amino acid residues as desired according to the peptide HPC with a protectingl group to provide a COOH-protected amino acid residue;
c) coupling the COOH -protected amino acid residue at the N- terminal of the peptide HPC to the chemically modified resin to provide an immobilized COOH-protected peptide HPC precursor having one amino acid residue;
d) deprotecting the protected carboxylic group of the immobilized COOH-protected peptide HPC precursor using deprotecting reagents to provide an immobilized COOH -unprotected peptide HPC precursor having one amino acid residue;
e) repeating steps c) and d) using the COOH-protected amino acid residue of the peptide HPC until an immobilized C-unprotected peptide HPC precursor having all amino acid residues except for the C-terminal amino acid residue is provided; f) linking a C-terminal amino acid residue with Rτ via covalent bond to provide a modified C-terminal amino acid wherein Rτ is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyloxyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl, and transportational unit selected from the group consisting of Structure Na, Structure Nb, Structure Nc, Structure Nd, Structure Ne, Structure Nf, Structure Ng, Structure Nh, Structure Ni, Structure Nj, Structure Nk, Structure Nl, Structure Nm, Structure Nn, Structure No, Structure Np, Structure Nq and Structure Nr as defined in claim 8;
g) coupling the modified C-terminal amino acid to the immobilized C- unprotected peptide HPC precursor obtained from step e) to provide an immobilized peptide HPC;
h) releasing the immobilized peptide HPC from the resin to provide the peptide HPC.
42. The synthesis method according to claim 41 , wherein the resin used is selected from the group consisting of trityl chloride resin and carbonate ester resin.
43. The synthesis method according to claim 41 , wherein the protecting group is selected from the group consisting of 2-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl group and 9- fluorenylmethyl group.
44. The synthesis method according to claim 41 , wherein the coupling reaction is carried out in the presence of coupling reagents selected from the group consisting of HBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, TBTU/DIPEA/HOBt, BOP/DIPEA/HOBt, HATU/DIPEA/HOBt, and DIC/HOB, and combinations thereof.
45. A transdermal therapeutic application system comprising a compound or composition according to claim 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13 as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system is a spray or rub-on solution further comprising a solvent selected from the group consisting of water, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, DMSO, DMF, and combinations thereof.
46. A transdermal therapeutic application system comprising a compound or composition according to claim 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13 as an active substance for treating conditions treatable by a parent compound thereof, wherein the system further comprises a subject comprising an active substance-containing matrix layer and an impermeable backing layer.
47. The transdermal therapeutic application system according to claim 46, wherein the subject is a patch or a bandage.
48. The transdermal therapeutic application system according to claim 46, wherein the subject is an active substance reservoir comprising a permeable bottom facing the skin, wherein by controlling the rate of release, the system enables the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient to reach constantly optimal therapeutic blood levels to increase effectiveness and reduce the side effects of the active ingredient or a metabolite of the active ingredient.
PCT/CN2010/072561 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds WO2010127640A1 (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177027288A KR101903768B1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
DK10772043.5T DK2427475T3 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 PRODUCT COMPOSITIONS WITH HIGH PERCEPTION OF PEPTIDES AND PEPTIDE-RELATED COMPOUNDS
KR1020187027764A KR20180110187A (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
MX2011011876A MX355995B (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds.
KR1020117029299A KR101784528B1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
ES10772043T ES2845612T3 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 Peptide High Penetration Prodrug Compositions and Peptide Related Compounds
CN2010800309104A CN102459313A (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
EP20205564.6A EP4067370A1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide related compounds
RU2011149796A RU2627065C2 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 Prodrug compositions with high degree of penetration based on peptides and related compounds
CA2761489A CA2761489C (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
BRPI1011439A BRPI1011439B8 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 high penetration composition, pharmaceutical composition, transdermal therapeutic application systems and use of said composition
EP10772043.5A EP2427475B1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
AU2010244857A AU2010244857A1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
PL10772043T PL2427475T3 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
JP2012508891A JP6352587B2 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 Highly permeable prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide related compounds
US13/291,904 US9248109B2 (en) 2009-05-08 2011-11-08 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/463,374 US9376381B2 (en) 2006-11-08 2009-05-08 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
CN200910135997 2009-05-08
US12/463,374 2009-05-08
CN200910135997.0 2009-05-08

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/463,374 Continuation-In-Part US9376381B2 (en) 2006-11-08 2009-05-08 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP20205564.6A Previously-Filed-Application EP4067370A1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide related compounds
US13/291,904 Continuation US9248109B2 (en) 2009-05-08 2011-11-08 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010127640A1 true WO2010127640A1 (en) 2010-11-11

Family

ID=43049997

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2010/072561 WO2010127640A1 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-05-10 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds

Country Status (15)

Country Link
US (1) US9248109B2 (en)
EP (3) EP4067370A1 (en)
JP (4) JP6352587B2 (en)
KR (3) KR20180110187A (en)
CN (3) CN102459313A (en)
AU (2) AU2010244857A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI1011439B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2761489C (en)
DK (1) DK2427475T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2845612T3 (en)
MX (2) MX355995B (en)
PL (1) PL2427475T3 (en)
RU (2) RU2627065C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI568447B (en)
WO (1) WO2010127640A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140256625A1 (en) * 2011-07-07 2014-09-11 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Anti-amyloidogenic, alpha-helix breaking ultra-small peptide therapeutics

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1782819A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2007-05-09 Cognis IP Management GmbH Oligopeptides and their use
CN102459313A (en) * 2009-05-08 2012-05-16 上海泰飞尔生化技术有限公司 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
JP2016516018A (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-02 テックフィールズ ファーマ カンパニー リミテッド Novel high-permeability drug and its composition for treating Parkinson's disease
RU2017128116A (en) * 2015-01-23 2019-02-26 Эразмус Юниверсити Медикал Сентр Роттердам COMPOUNDS PREVENTING AGING, AND WAYS OF THEIR APPLICATION
EP3370518B1 (en) 2015-10-14 2023-08-23 X-Therma, Inc. Compositions and methods for reducing ice crystal formation
US11352391B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2022-06-07 Dignify Therapeutics, Llc Compositions for inducing urinary voiding and defecation
RU2674447C1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2018-12-10 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Дальневосточный государственный медицинский университет" Министерства здравоохранения Российской Федерации (ФГБОУ ВО ДВГМУ Минздрава России) Method for treatment of excess bacterial growth in small intestine in patients with type 2 diabetes in combination with gastroduodenal helicobacteriosis
AU2021374843A1 (en) * 2020-11-09 2023-06-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds and their use in treatment of tachykinin receptor mediated disorders
CN112843222B (en) * 2021-01-21 2023-01-31 暨南大学 Application of ANKRD22 protein in preparing product for treating or delaying autoimmune diseases
US11806405B1 (en) 2021-07-19 2023-11-07 Zeno Management, Inc. Immunoconjugates and methods

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040186058A1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2004-09-23 Zimmer Robert H. Compositions and methods for enhanced pharmacological activity of compositions comprising peptide drug substances
US20060058219A1 (en) 2004-09-14 2006-03-16 Miller Landon C Aminobutyramide conjugate and a pharmaceutical composition for treatment of neuronal disorders
WO2008056207A1 (en) 2006-11-08 2008-05-15 Chongxi Yu Transdermal delivery systems of peptides and related compounds
WO2008072032A1 (en) 2006-12-10 2008-06-19 Chongxi Yu Transdermal delivery systems of beta-lactam antibiotics
WO2010065936A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 Chongxi Yu High penetration compositions and their applications

Family Cites Families (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2542998B1 (en) 1983-03-24 1986-01-31 Rhone Poulenc Sante NEW TRANSDERMAL FORM OF ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE
US5556942A (en) 1991-04-29 1996-09-17 Terrapin Technologies, Inc. Glutathione S-transferase-activated compounds
ES2114569T3 (en) 1991-10-16 1998-06-01 Richardson Vicks Inc IMPROVED SKIN PENETRATION SYSTEM FOR THE IMPROVED TOPICAL ADMINISTRATION OF PHARMACES.
JPH11510489A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-09-14 ジンタ・インコーポレイテッド New amide-based cationic lipid
EP0784984B1 (en) 1996-01-17 2003-07-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Transfection competent molecules
DE69733756T2 (en) 1996-05-03 2006-06-01 Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park ANTIANGIOGENIC PEPTIDES, POLYNUCLEOTIDES THAT CODE AND METHODS OF INHIBITING ANGIOGENESIS
US6011049A (en) 1997-02-19 2000-01-04 Warner-Lambert Company Combinations for diabetes
US6703381B1 (en) * 1998-08-14 2004-03-09 Nobex Corporation Methods for delivery therapeutic compounds across the blood-brain barrier
AU4500200A (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-17 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ace-2 inhibiting compounds and methods of use thereof
US6417207B1 (en) 1999-05-12 2002-07-09 Nitromed, Inc. Nitrosated and nitrosylated potassium channel activators, compositions and methods of use
US6669951B2 (en) * 1999-08-24 2003-12-30 Cellgate, Inc. Compositions and methods for enhancing drug delivery across and into epithelial tissues
US6693135B2 (en) 2000-01-10 2004-02-17 Nexmed (Holdings) Incorporated Prostaglandin compositions and methods of treatment for male erectile dysfunction
CA2417100A1 (en) * 2000-08-02 2002-02-07 Theratechnologies Inc. Modified peptides with increased potency
US20040121947A1 (en) 2000-12-28 2004-06-24 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use thereof
CN101979093B (en) * 2001-01-17 2013-04-24 罗伯特·H·齐默尔 Composition comprising polypeptide-drug substance and other poorly absorbed active ingredient and its use
WO2003022270A1 (en) 2001-09-13 2003-03-20 Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transdermal administration of an enalapril ester
JP2003267996A (en) * 2002-03-14 2003-09-25 Noguchi Inst N-acetylglucosamine-bound opioid peptide derivative
AU2003298726A1 (en) 2002-11-25 2004-08-10 Attenuon Llc Peptides which target tumor and endothelial cells, compositions and uses thereof
NZ542671A (en) 2003-03-12 2008-12-24 Celgene Corp 7-Amido-isoindolyl compounds and their pharmaceutical uses
US7052715B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-05-30 All Natural Fmg, Inc. Alcohol-free transdermal analgesic composition and processes for manufacture and use thereof
TW200538149A (en) 2004-05-20 2005-12-01 Telik Inc Sensitization to another anticancer therapy and/or amelioration of a side effect of another anticancer therapy by treatment with a GST-activated anticancer compound
EP1605064A1 (en) 2004-06-07 2005-12-14 UMC Utrecht Holding B.V. HIV Variant showing a novel resistance mechanism against protease inhibitors, diagnostic assays for detecting the variant, and methods for identifying drugs effective against the resistant virus
DK1833978T3 (en) 2005-01-06 2009-02-09 Telik Inc Tripeptide and tetrapeptide thioethers
US20070149457A1 (en) * 2005-12-13 2007-06-28 Byron Rubin Stable solid forms of enterostatin
US20070149442A1 (en) * 2005-12-13 2007-06-28 Byron Rubin Non-hygroscopic compositions of enterostatin
EP1973953A2 (en) * 2005-12-16 2008-10-01 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating obesity and related metabolic disorders
WO2007128757A2 (en) * 2006-05-02 2007-11-15 Actogenix N.V. Microbial intestinal delivery of obesity related peptides
WO2008012603A1 (en) 2006-07-26 2008-01-31 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of diflunisal and related compounds with very fast skin penetration rate
EP2610242A1 (en) 2006-07-09 2013-07-03 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of aspirin
EP2043744A2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2009-04-08 SmithKline Beecham Corporation Chemical compounds
DK2041068T3 (en) 2006-07-18 2017-02-27 Techfields Biochem Co Ltd POSITIVELY CHARGED, WATER SOLUBLE PRODRUGS OF IBUPROFEN WITH VERY FAST SKIN PENETRATION SPEED
ES2472545T3 (en) 2006-07-25 2014-07-01 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Water soluble diclofenac prodrugs with positive charge and with a very fast skin penetration rate
ES2559781T3 (en) 2006-08-08 2016-02-15 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Prodrugs of water soluble and positively charged aryl- and heteroarylacetic acids with a very fast skin penetration rate
US8458932B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2013-06-11 Alameda Technology, Llc Optical illusion device
AU2006347391B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2013-03-07 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of aryl- and heteroarylpropionic acids with very fast skin penetration rate
JP5183478B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-04-17 ナノキャリア株式会社 Transdermal composition containing active ingredient-containing polymer micelle, transdermal pharmaceutical composition, and transdermal cosmetic composition
ES2670407T3 (en) 2006-09-03 2018-05-30 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Positively charged water-soluble acetaminophen prodrugs and compounds related to a very fast skin penetration rate
ES2694685T3 (en) 2006-09-03 2018-12-26 Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd Water-soluble prodrugs positively charged with n-arylanthranilic acids with very rapid penetration rate into the skin
CN101522692A (en) 2006-10-11 2009-09-02 于崇曦 Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of oxicams and related compounds with very high skin penetration rate
WO2008072023A1 (en) * 2006-12-13 2008-06-19 Otis Elevator Company Portable emergency and inspection interface for elevators
EP3181132A1 (en) * 2007-01-15 2017-06-21 Chongxi Yu Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of retinoids and retinoid-like compounds with very high skin penetration rates
PL2115140T3 (en) 2007-01-31 2017-03-31 Yu Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and related compounds with very high skin penetration rates
US9371284B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2016-06-21 Techfields Pharma Co., Ltd. Pro-drugs of NSAIAS with very high skin and membranes penetration rates and their new medicinal uses
CN102459313A (en) * 2009-05-08 2012-05-16 上海泰飞尔生化技术有限公司 High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040186058A1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2004-09-23 Zimmer Robert H. Compositions and methods for enhanced pharmacological activity of compositions comprising peptide drug substances
US20060058219A1 (en) 2004-09-14 2006-03-16 Miller Landon C Aminobutyramide conjugate and a pharmaceutical composition for treatment of neuronal disorders
WO2008056207A1 (en) 2006-11-08 2008-05-15 Chongxi Yu Transdermal delivery systems of peptides and related compounds
WO2008072032A1 (en) 2006-12-10 2008-06-19 Chongxi Yu Transdermal delivery systems of beta-lactam antibiotics
WO2010065936A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 Chongxi Yu High penetration compositions and their applications

Non-Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A.M. DOHERTY, J. MED. CHEM., vol. 35, 1992, pages 1493
A.V. SCHALLY ET AL., ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 47, 1978, pages 89
BUNDGAARD ET AL., ADV. DRUG DEL. REV., vol. 8, no. 1, 1992, pages 275 - 286
E. JORPER, GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 55, 1968, pages 157
F. SANGER, BR. MED. BULL., vol. 16, 1960, pages 183
J. C. GARRISON; M.J. PEACH ET AL.: "Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 1990, PERGAMON PRESS, pages: 749
J.R.JAFFE; W.R. MARTIN ET AL.: "Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 1990, PERGAMON PRESS, pages: 481
KAMM ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 50, 1928, pages 573
M. G. WEISSKOPF ET AL., NATURE, vol. 362, 1993, pages 423
M.V.L. RAY ET AL., BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 11, 1993, pages 64
MOSS ET AL., INT. J. PHARM., vol. 66, 1990, pages 183 - 191
OLIYAI ET AL., ADV. DRUG DEL. REV., vol. 19, no. 1, 1996, pages 275 - 286
OLIYAI ET AL., ANN. REV. PHARM. TOX., vol. 32, 1993, pages 521 - 544
P. C. EMSON; B. E. B. SANDBERG, ANNU, REP. MED. CHEM., vol. 18, 1983, pages 31
PIERCE ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 199, 1952, pages 929
R. L. KISLIUK ET AL.: "Principles of Medicinal Chemistry", 1995, WILLIAMS & WILKINS, pages: 606
See also references of EP2427475A4
V.A. NAJJAR, MOL. CELL. BIOCHEM, vol. 41, 1981, pages 1

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140256625A1 (en) * 2011-07-07 2014-09-11 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Anti-amyloidogenic, alpha-helix breaking ultra-small peptide therapeutics

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2761489A1 (en) 2010-11-11
JP6352587B2 (en) 2018-07-11
EP2427475A1 (en) 2012-03-14
MX2011011876A (en) 2012-02-29
KR101903768B1 (en) 2018-10-04
BRPI1011439B8 (en) 2021-05-25
EP2660247A3 (en) 2014-09-03
JP2012526055A (en) 2012-10-25
CN102459313A (en) 2012-05-16
RU2016139056A3 (en) 2020-07-21
JP2019001797A (en) 2019-01-10
TW201106975A (en) 2011-03-01
DK2427475T3 (en) 2021-02-01
CA2761489C (en) 2021-07-20
KR20120034642A (en) 2012-04-12
JP7194530B2 (en) 2022-12-22
JP2020189847A (en) 2020-11-26
AU2016247145A1 (en) 2016-11-10
EP2660247A2 (en) 2013-11-06
JP2017036325A (en) 2017-02-16
AU2010244857A1 (en) 2011-11-10
CN108084246A (en) 2018-05-29
US20120156279A1 (en) 2012-06-21
RU2627065C2 (en) 2017-08-03
PL2427475T3 (en) 2021-07-19
MX355995B (en) 2018-05-08
BRPI1011439B1 (en) 2020-10-20
BRPI1011439A2 (en) 2016-03-15
EP2427475B1 (en) 2020-11-04
EP4067370A1 (en) 2022-10-05
KR20180110187A (en) 2018-10-08
TWI568447B (en) 2017-02-01
KR20170116186A (en) 2017-10-18
RU2016139056A (en) 2018-12-13
US9248109B2 (en) 2016-02-02
RU2767051C2 (en) 2022-03-16
MX2018005737A (en) 2021-11-16
CN109232716A (en) 2019-01-18
ES2845612T3 (en) 2021-07-27
KR101784528B1 (en) 2017-10-12
EP2427475A4 (en) 2012-12-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9376381B2 (en) High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
EP2427475B1 (en) High penetration prodrug compositions of peptides and peptide-related compounds
HU216795B (en) Cyclopeptides, process for producing them, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and the use of the said compounds
WO1993008211A1 (en) Tripeptide derivative anti-inflammatory agents
JP6980874B2 (en) Transdermal delivery system for peptides and related compounds
AU2014203176B2 (en) Transdermal delivery systems of peptides and related compounds
JP6651493B2 (en) Transdermal delivery system for peptides and related compounds
JP2019081772A (en) Transdermal delivery system of peptide and relative compounds
JPH02273696A (en) Peptide and antidemential agent containing the same
CN116640182A (en) Transdermal delivery system for polypeptides and related compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080030910.4

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10772043

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010772043

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 4335/KOLNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2761489

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012508891

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/011876

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010244857

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100510

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117029299

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011149796

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: PI1011439

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI1011439

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20111108